Silicon General.
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
INTERFACE CIRCUITS ^
TRANSISTOR ARRAYS
OTHER CIRCUITS
m SAIL
m
INTRODUCTION
Silicon General is the only semiconductor manufacturer
committed totally to one discipline — linear IC's. Our entire
organization is dedicated to this one area of specialization and
has been since inception in 1969. During this time we have
assembled one of the industry's broadest product lines. Most
industry-standard linears are available from stock through our
worldwide distributor network, and we have achieved an
excellent reputation as an alternate source for all types of
industrial, military and Hi-Rel requirements.
Silicon General has also made significant innovative
contributions, particularly in the design of new proprietary
voltage regulating and power control devices. The
SG 1524/2524/3524 Regulating Pulse Width Modulator has
rapidly captured the attention of power supply designers who
have utilized this device to achieve much greater efficiency and
lower costs in switching supplies. Silicon General will soon
introduce other new, highly advanced and original power control
devices and we will continue to provide an alternate source for
significant new linear devices.
This new catalog provides all the essential information you
need to specify Silicon General devices. Please note that these
devices are available in chip form and in a wide range of standard
packages. All devices are manufactured to the strict
requirements of MIL-STD-883, Level B and a complete range of
screening and testing capabilities to higher levels is available.
For additional information, please contact our local
representative or distributor in your area, or one of our factory
applications engineers will be glad to assist you.
PRODUCT SELECTOR GUIDE
REGULATORS
High Voltage,
Compensated
Page No.
Memory Drivers Page No.
55325/75325
Positive Adjustable
Page No.
1536/1 436/1 436C
52
High Current
Output Drivers
1627/3627 60
100/200/300
105/205/305/305A
117/217/317
10
10
13
Dual ..Compensated
747/747C
1558/1458
49
49
723/723C
19
Switch Drivers
1532/2532/3532
27
High Performance
1556/1456/1456C
52
1629/3629 62
Negative Adjustable
104/204/304
11
108/208/308
108A/208A/308A
46
46
TRANSISTOR ARRAYS
1511/3511
22
1118/2118/3118
46
Transistor Arrays
Dual Tracking
1118A/2118A/3118A
46
2001/2002/2003 69
1501 A/2501 A/3501 A
20
Micropower/Programmable
301 8/301 8A 70
1568/1468
31
1250/2250/3250
51
3045/3046/3146 70
41 94/41 94C
32
4250/4250C
51
3081/3082 71
4501
20
Voltage Followers
3083/31 83/31 83A 72
3086 70
3821/3822/3823 70
3851/3852/3853 73
Dual Tracking Adjustable
1502/2502/3502
Positive Fixed Voltage
21
102/202/302
110/210/310
High Slew Rate
44
44
109/209/309
12
741S/741SC
48
123/223/323
18
Quad
OTHER CIRCUITS
7805/7805C (140/340-05)
7806/7806C (140/340-06)
33
33
124/224/324
47
Wideband Amplifiers Page No.
7808/7808C (140/340-08)
33
733/733C 77
7812/7812C (140/340-12)
33
INTERFACE CIRCUITS
1401/2401/3401 78
7815/7815C (140/340-15)
7818/7818C (140/340-18)
33
33
Sense Amplifiers
552077520
552177521
Page No.
64
64
1402/2402/3402 79
3001 82
7824/7824C (140/340-24)
7805A/7805AC
33
36
Multipliers
7806A/7806AC
36
552277522
64
1595/1495 80
7808A/7808AC
36
552377523
64
Modulators
7812A/7812AC
36
552477524
64
1596/1496 81
7815A/7815AC
36
552577525
552777527
64
64
Zero Voltage Switches
7818A/7818AC
36
3058/3059/3079 83
7824A/7824AC
36
552877528
552977529
64
64
Timers
Negative Fixed Voltage
553477534
64
555/555C 75
120/220/320-05
15
553577535
64
556/556C 76
120/220/320-5.2
15
553877538
64
120/220/320-08
15
553977539
64
APPLICATIONS NOTES
120/220/320-12
15
120/220/320-15
15
Line Driver
Applications Notes Page No.
7905/7905C
39
1488
58
SG1 17 Voltage Regualtor 14
7905.2/7905.2C
39
Line Receivers
SG1401 Video Amplifier 85
7908/7908C
39
1 489/1 489A
59
SG1402 Wideband Amplifier/
7912/791 2C
39
55154/75154
66
Multiplier 87
791 5/791 5C
39
Bus Transceivers
SG1501A Dual Tracking
Regulating Pulse
Width Modulators
1524/2524/3524
23
55138/75138
Comparators
111/211/311
710/710C
65
55
57
Regulator 91
SG1524 Regulating Pulse
Width Modulator 95
OPERATIONAL
71 1/71 1C
57
OTHER INFORMATION
AMPLIFIERS
>
Quad Comparators
Other Information
139/239/339
56
Ordering Information 3
General Purpose,
139 A/239 A/339A
56
Product Quality Assurance 6
Compensated
3302
56
Cross Reference Guide 4
107/207/307
45
Dual Peripheral Drivers
Package Outlines 110
741/741 C
45
55450B/75450B
67
Package Cross
1760
53
55451 B/75451B
*
Reference Guide 112
1217/3217
45
55452B/75452B
*
Distributors 113
General Purpose,
Page No.
55453B/75453B
*
Representatives 114
Uncompensated
55454B/75454B
*
101/201
43
55460/75460
67
* Contact factory for data.
101 A/201 A/301 A
43
55461/75461
*
748/748C
50
55462/75462
*
777/777C
50
55463/75463
V
Data subject to change without notice.
1660
53
55464/75464
tice.
SG1543/2543/3543.
Power Supply Output Supervisory Circuit.
Refer to page 116.
SG1503/2503/3503.
Precision 2.5 Volt.
Refer to page 11 9.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Inquiries may be directed to the nearest distributor, representa-
tive or the factory. Headquarters' offices are located at 11651
Monarch Street, Garden Grove, California 92641. Telephone:
(714) 892-5531, TWX: 910-596-1804. Telex. 69-2411.
MIL-STD-883 Program - Parts tested and processed to 883 Level
A, B or C are marked with the appropriate level immediately after
the part no., i.e., SG101AT/883A, SG101AT/883B, SG101AT/
883C.
Integrated Circuit Marking and Product Code Explanation —
Where Silicon General is second-sourcing an existing device, the
company will use the number assigned by the company which
introduced the circuit, adding only an SG prefix.
Part number may include suffix letter "A" indicating an improved
electrical specification (SG101AT). Suffix letter "C" indicates
Commercial temperature range (SG741CT).
Federal Supply Code Number - Silicon General's Federal Manu-
facturer's Supply Code Number is 34333.
WHEN ORDERING
STANDARD PRODUCT
Specify:
• Generic part number (Includes designation for both electrical
grade and temperature range)
• Package type (see Table A, below)
Example:
, SG , 1524 ,J,
(1)
(2) (3)
(1) = Silicon General manufacture
(2) = Generic part type
(3) = Ceramic dual-in-line package
WHEN ORDERING
MIL-STD-883 SCREENED PRODUCT
Specify :
• Generic part number (prime electrical and -55°C to +125°C
temperature range is standard)
• Package type (see Table A below)
• Class of 883 screening
Example:
iSG,
(1)
1524
(2)
4
(3)
£83,
(4)
(5)
(1) = Silicon General manufacture
(2) = Generic part type
(3) = Ceramic dual-in-line package
(4) = Full screening to M I L-STD-883A
(5) - Class B screening level
WHEN ORDERING CHIPS
Refer to appropriate technical data sheet for schematic dia-
grams, electrical characteristics and other data. Order by SG
type numbers. All chips are 100% electrically tested @25°C to
minimum specifications on all key parameters. All chip lots are
visually inspected per MIL-STD-883, Method 2010, Condition B
minimum. Unless otherwise requested, visual characteristics are
guaranteed to a 10% LTPD.
All chip lots contain units which will meet both 0°C to +70°C
and -55°C to +125°C temperature ranges. Chips can be
guaranteed to military temperature range (-55°C to +125°C
specifications) upon special request. Chips can also be guar-
anteed to meet special parameter limits. Consult factory for
details.
All chips are available with gold backing. Please specify at time
of order if back metalization is required. Electrically tested,
inked wafers (scribed and unscribed) are also available (20%
LTPD).
Chips are shipped in 100-unit trays. Minimum order: $250.00
for standard device. Contact factory for additional pricing and
delivery.
TABLE B
Lead Finish Description
38510 Designator
Hot Solder Dip
Acid Tin Plate
Gold Plate
A
B
C
TABLE A
Package Description
Silicon General
Package
Designation
MIL-M-38510
Package
Designation
Package Description
Silicon. General
Package
Designation
MIL-M-38510
Package
Designation
2 Pin Metal Can TO-3
K
Y
16 Pin 1/4" x 7/8" Plastic Dip
N
_
2 Pin Metal Can TO-66
R
-
8 Pin 1/4" x 3/8" Ceramic Minidip
Y
_
3 Pin Metal Can TO-5 or TO-39
T
X
14 Pin 1/4" x 3/4" Ceramic Dip
J
C
3 Pin 3/8" x 3/8" Plastic TO-220
P
-
16 Pin 1/4" x 7/8" Ceramic Dip
J
E
8 Pin Metal Can TO-99
T
G
14 Pin 1/4" x 3/4" Metal/Glass Dip
D
C
9 Pin Metal Can TO-66
R
-
16 Pin 1/4" x 3/4" Metal/Glass Dip
D
E
1 Pin Metal Can TO-1 00 & TO-96
T
I
1 Pin 1 /4" x 1/4" Metal Flat Pack
F
H
12 Pin Metal Can TO-1 01
T
-
14 Pin 1/4" x 1/4" Metal Flat Pack
F
A
8 Pin 1/4" x 3/8" Plastic Minidip
M
_
16 Pin 1/4" x 3/8" Metal Flat Pack
F
F
14 Pin 1/4" x 3/4" Plastic Dip
N
-
*See page 1 13 for details of package outlines.
CROSS REFERENCE
PACKAGE
SUFFIXES
Y*\\ v\\\ \ \
Package ^»MNJ
i\
3,8, 10 Pin Metal Can
T
H
S;
L
G
T
T
T
8 Pin Plastic DILv
M
N
T
P
PI
E
N
V
14, 16 Pin Plastic DIL
N
N
P
N
P
E
CH
DB
N
14, 16 Pin Ceramic DIL
J
J
D
J
L
F
DC
DD
F
3 Pin TO-3 Power
K
K
K
-
K
-
LK
DA
8 Pin Ceramic DIL
Y
-
-
-
U
-
-
I
3 Pin TO-220 Plastic
P
T
U
K
T
-
Y
-
3, 9 Pin TO-66 Power
R
-
J
-
R
-
TK
DF
RAYTHEON
See page 1 12 for addition of package information
SG Direct
SG Direct
SG Direct
SG Direct
Raytheon
Replacement
Raytheon
Replacement
Raytheon
Replacement
Raytheon
Replacement
RM101D
SG101D
RC105T
SG305T
RC723D
SG723CD
RC1458T
SG1458T
RM101Q
SG101F
RC105AT
SG305AT
RM723T
SG723T
RC1488D
SG1488J
RM101T
SG101T
RC107D
JSG307D
RC723T
SG723CT
RC1489D
SG1489J
RM101AD
SG101AD
RC107Q
SG307F
RC723DP
SG723CN
RC1489AJ
SG 1489 A J
RM101AQ
SG101AF
RC107DN
SG307M
RM733D
SG733D
RC1556T
SG1456AT
RM101AT
SG101AT
RC107DP
SG307N
RC733D
SG733CD
RC1556T
SG1456T
RM1D5Q
SG105F
RC107T
SG307T
RM733T
SG733T
RM1556AT
SG 1556 AT
RM105T
SG105T
RC108D
SG308D
RC733T
SG733CT
RM1556T
SG1556T
RM107D
SG107D
RC108Q
SG308F
RC733DP
SG733CN
RC1558T
SG1558T
RM107Q
SG107F
RC108T
SG308T
RM741D
SG741D
RM4194L
SG4194J
RM107T
SG107T
RC108AD
SG308AD
RC741D
SG741CD
RC4194L
SG4194CJ
RM108D
SG108D
RC108AT
SG308AT
RM741Q
SG741 F
RM4194TK
SG4194R
RM108Q
SG108F
RC109H
SG309T
RC741Q
SG741CF
RC4194TK
SG4194CR
RM108T
SG108T
RC109L
SG309K
RM741T
SG741T
RC7520M
SG7520J
RM108AD
SG108AD
RM555T
SG555T
RC741T
SG741 CT
RC7520MP
SG7520N
RM108AQ
SG108AF
RC555T
SG555CT
RC741DN
SG741CM
RC7521M
SG7521J
RM108AT
SG108AT
RC555N
SG555CM
RC741DP
SG741CN
RC7521MP
SG7521N
RM109H
SG109T
RM710T
SG710T
RM747D
SG747D
RC7522M
SG7522J
RM109L ^
SG109K
RM710AT
SG710AT
RM747T
SG747T
RC7522MP
SG7522N
RM101T
SG301T
RC710T
SG710CT
RC747DF
SG747CD
RC7523M
SG7523J
RC101AD
SG301AD
RC710DP
SG710CN
RC747T
SG747CT
RC7523MP
SG7523N
RC101AQ
SG301AF
RM711T
SG711T
RM748T
SG748T
RC7524M
SG7524J
RC101DN
SG301AM
RC711T
SG711CT
RC748T
SG748CT
RC7524MP
SG7524N
RC101DP
SG301 AN
RC711DP
SG711CN
RC748DP
SG748IM
RC7525M
SG7525J
RC101AT
SG301AT
RM723D
SG723D
RC1458N
SG1458M
RC7525MP
SG7525N
RC105DP
SG305N
FAIRCHILD
SG Direct
SG Direct
SG Direct
Fairchild
Replacement
Fairchild
Replacement
Fairchild
Replacement
710F
SG710F
747DC
SG747CD
781 5HM
SG781 5T
710H
SG710T
747AHM
SG747AT
781 5HC
SG7815CT
710HC
SG710CT
747ADM
SG747AJ
781 5KM
SG7815K
710D
SG710D
747EHC
SG747ET
781 5KC
SG7815CK
710DC
SG710CD
747 E DC
SG747EJ
7818HM
SG7818T
71 1F
SG711F
748F
SG748F
781 8HC
SG7818CT
711H
SG711T
748H
SG748T
781 8KM
SG7818K
711D
SG71 1 D
748HC
SG748CT
7818KC
SG7818CK
71 IDC
SG711CD
748D
SG748D
7824HM
SG7824T
723 H
SG723T
748DC
SG748CD
7824HC
SG7824CT
723HC
SG723CT
776H
SG1250T*
7824KM
SG7824K
723D
SG723D
776HC
SG3250T*
7824KC
SG7824CK
723DC
SG723CD
777H
SG777T
9665D
SG2001J
733F
SG733F
777HC
SG777CT
9666D
SG2002J
733H
SG733T
777CT
SG777CM
9667 D
SG2003J
733HC
SG733CT
7805HM
SG7805T
78M05HM
SG7805T*
733D
SG733D
7805HC
SG7805CT
78M06HM
SG7806T*
733 DC
SG733CD
7805KM
SG7805K
78M08HM
SG7808T*
741 F
SG741 F
7805KC
SG7805CK
78M12HM
SG7812T*
741 H
SG741T
7806HM
SG7806T
78M15HM
SG7815T*
741 HC
SG741CT
7806HC
SG7806CT
78M24HM
SG7824T*
741 D
SG741 D
7806KM
SG7806K
78M05HC
SG7805CT*
741 DC
SG741CD
7806KC
SG7806CK
78M06HC
SG7806CT*
741 CT
SG741CM
7808HM
SG7808T
78M08HC
SG7808CT*
741 AHM
SG741 AT
7808HC
SG7808CT
78M12HC
SG7812CT*
741 ADM
SG741AJ
7808KM
SG7808K
78M15HC
SG7815CT*
741 EHC
SG741 ET
7808 KC
SG7808CK
78M24HC
SG7824CT*
741 E DC
SG741 EJ
781 2HM
SG7812T
75450AN
SG75450BN
747H
SG747T
781 2HC
SG781 2CT
75450AJ
SG75450BJ
747HC
SG747CT
781 2KM
SG7812K
75460AJ
SG75460J
747D
SG747D
781 2KC
SG781 2CK
75460AN
SG75460N
MOTOROLA
SG Direct
SG Direct
SG Direct
Motorola
Replacement
Motorola
Replacement
Motorola
Replacement
MC1436G
SG1436T
MC1711CF
SG711CF
MC7806CG
SG7806CT
MC1436CG
SG1436CT
MC1711CG
SG711CT
MC7806K
SG7806K
MC1455CG
SG555CT
MC1711CL
SG711CD
MC7806CK
SG7806CK
MC1455CP 1
SG555CM
MC1711F
DG711F
MC7808G
SG7808T
MC1456CG
SG1456CT
MC1711G
SG711T
MC7808CG
SG7808CT
MC1456G
SG1456T
MC1711L
SG711D
MC7808K
SG7808K
MC1458P 1
SG1458M
MC1723CG
SG723CT
MC7808CK
SG7808CK
MC1458G
SG1458T
MC1723G
SG723T
MC7812G
SG7812T
MC1468G
SG1468T
MC1723CL
SG723CD
MC7812CG
SG7812CT
MC1468L
SG1468J
MC1723L
SG723D
MC7812K
SG7812K
MC1468P
SG1468N
MC1741CF
SG741CF
MC7812CK
SG7812CK
MC1488L
SG1488J
MC1741CG
SG741CT
MC7815G
SG7815T
MC1489L
SG1489J
MC1741CL
SG741CD
MC7815CG
SG7815CT
MC1489AL
SG 1489 A J
MC1741CP-1
SG741CM
MC7815K
SG7815K
MC1495L
SG1495D
MC1741CP-2
SG741CN
MC7815CK
SG7815CK
MC1496G
SG1496T
MC1741F
SG741F
MC7818G
SG7818T
MC1536G
SG1536T
MC1741G
SG741T
MC7818CG
SG7818CT
MC1555G
SG555T
MC1741L
SG741 D
MC7818K
SG7818K
MC1 556G
SG1556T
MC1741SG
SG741ST
MC7818CK
SG7818CK
MC1 558G
SG1558T
MC1741SCG
SG741SCT
MC7824G
SG7824T
MC1568G
SG1568T
MC1741SCP-1
DG741SCM
MC7824CG
SG7824CT
MC1568L
SG1568J
MC1748G
SG748T
MC7824K
SG7824K
MC1 595L
SG1595D
MC1748CG
SG748CT
MC7824CK
SG7824CK
MC1 596G
SG1596T
MC3302P-I
SG3302N
MC7905CK
SG320K-05
MC1710CF
SG710CF
MC3302L
SG3302L
MC7912CK
SG320K-12
MC1710CG
SG710CT
MC7805G
SG7805T
MC7915CK
SG320K-15
MC1710CL
SG710CD
MC7805CG
SG7805CT
MC7952CK
SG320K-5.2
MC1710F
SG710F
MC7805K
SG7805K
MC75450P
SG75450BN
MC1710G
SG710T
MC7805CK
SG7805CK
MC75450L
SG75450BJ
MC1710L
SG710D
MC7806G
SG7806T
'Similar, not identical
UIDE
NATIONAL
SIGNETICS
SG Diraet
SO Diraet
SG Diraet
SG Diraet
National
RtpiMSCinsnt
National
R#pl4HS#in9nt
National
Replacement
National
Raplacamant
LM100H
SG100T
LM140K-18
SG140K-18
LM309H
SG309T
LM723CH
SG723CT
LM101D
SG101D
LM140H-24
SG140T-24
LM309K
SG309K
LM723CN
SG723CN
LM101F
SG101F
LM140K-24
SG140K-24
LM310H
SG310T
LM741F
SG741F
LM101H
SG101T
LM200H
SG200T
LM311H
SG311T
LM741H
SG741T
LM101AD
SG101AD
LM201 H
SG201T
LM312H
SG3118AT
LM741CH
SG741CT
LM101AF
SG101AF
LM201AH
SG201AT
LM317T
SG317T
LM741CN
SG741CM
LM101AH
SG101AT
LM202H
SG202T
LM317K
SG317K
LM741AD
SG741AJ
LM102H
SG102T
LM204H
SG204T
LM320H-O5
SG320T-05
LM741AH
SG741AT
LM104H
SG104T
LM205H
SG205T
LM320K-05
SG320K-05
LM747D
SG747D
LM105F
SG105F
LM207H
SG207T
LM320H-5.2
SG320T-5.2
LM747CD
SG747CD
LM10SH
SG105T
LM208H
SG208T
LM320K-5.2
SG320K-5.2
LM747F
SG747F
LM107D
SG107D
LM209H
SG209T
LM320H-12
SG320T-12
LM747H
SG747T
LM107F
SG107F
LM210H
SG210T
LM320K-1 2
SG320K-12
LM747CH
SG747CT
LM107H
SG107T
LM21 1 H
SG211T
LM320H-1 5
SG320T-15
LM747CN
SG747CN
LM108D
SG108D
LM212H
SG21 18AT
LM320K-15
SG320K-15
LM747AD
SG747AJ
LM108F
SG108F
LM21 7T
SG21 7T
LM323K
SG323K
LM747AH
SG747AT
LM108H
SG108T
LM217K
SG217K
LM324D
DG324J
LM748H
SG748T
LM108AD
SG108AD
LM220H-05
SG220T-O5
LM324N
SG324N
LM748CH
SG748CT
LM108AF
SG108AF
LM220K-05
SG220K-05
LM339D
SG339J
LM748CN
SG748CM
LM108AH
SG108AT
LM220H-5.2
SG220T-5.2
LM339AD
SG339AJ
LM1458N
SG1458M
LM109H
SG109T
LM220K-5.2
SG220K-5.2
LM339N
SG339N
LM1458H
SG1458T
LM109IC
SG109K.
LM220H-12
SG220T-12
LM339AN
SG339AN
LM1496N
SG1496N
LM110H
SG110T
LM220K-12
SG220K-12
LM340H-05
SG340T-05
LM1496H
SG1496T
LM111H
SG111T
LM220H-15
SG220T-15
LM340K-05
SG340K-05
LM1558H
SG1558T
LM112H
SG1118AT
LM220K-15
SG220K-15
LM340H-06
SG340T-06
LM1596H
SG1596T
LM117T
SG117T
LM223K
SG223K
LM340K-06
SG340K-06
LM3302D
SG3302J
LM117K
SG117K
LM224D
SG224J
LM340H-08
SG340T-08
LM3302N
SG3302N
LM120H-05
SG120T-05
LM239D
SG239J
LM340K-08
SG340K-08
LM4250H
SG4250T
LM120K-05
SG120K-05
LM239AD
SG239AJ
LM340H-1 2
SG340T-12
LM4250CH
SG4250CT
LM120H-5.2
SG120T-5.2
LM239N
SG239N
LM340K-12
SG340K-12
LM4250CN
SG4250CM
LM120K-5.2
SG120K-5.2
LM239AN
SG239AN
LM340H-15
LM340T-15
LM7520D
SG7520J
LM120H-12
SG120T-12
LM300H
SG300T
LM340K-1 5
LM340K-15
LM7520N
SG7520N
LM120K-12
SG120K-12
LM301AH
SG301 AT
LM340H-18
LM340T-18
LM7521D
SG7521J
LM120H-15
SG120T-15
LM301AD
SG301AD
LM340K-18
LM340K-18
LM7521N
SG7521N
LM120K-15
SG120K-15
LM301AF
SG301AF
LM340H-24
LM340T-24
LM7522D
SG7522J
LM123K
SG123K
LM301AN
£■5301 AM
LM340K-24
LM340K-24
LM7522N
SG7522N
LM124D
SG124J
LM302H
SG302T
LM367N
SG305M
LM7523D
SG7523J
LM139D
SG139J
LM304H
SG304T
LM555H
SG555T
LM7523N
SG7523N
LM139AD
SG139AJ
LM305H
SG305T
LM555C
SG555CT
LM7524D
SG7524J
LM140H-05
SG140T-05
LM305AH
SG305AT
LM555N
SG555CM
LM7524N
SG7524N
LM140K-05
SG140K-05
LM307D
SG307D
LM710H
SG710T
LM7525D
SG7525J
LM140H-06
SG140T-06
LM307F
SG307F
LM710AH
SG710AT
LM7525N
SG7525N
LM140K-06
SG140K-06
LM307H
SG307T
LM710CH
SG710CT
LM7528D
SG7528J
LM140H-08
SG140T-08
j LM307N
SG308M
LM710CN
SG710CN
LM7528N
SG7528N
LM140K-08
SG140K-08
LM308D
SG308D
LM711H
SG711T
LM7529D
SG7529J
LM140H-12
SG140T-12
LM308F
SG308F
LM711CH
SG711CT
LM7529N
SG7529N
LM140K-12
SG 140K -12
LM308H
SG308T
LM711CN
SG711CN
LM75450N
SG75450BN
LM140H-15
SG140T-15
LM308AD
SG308AD
LM723D
SG723D
LM140K-15
SG140K-15
LM308AF
SG308AF
LM723CD
SG723CD
LM140H-18
SG140T-18
LM308AH
SG308AT
LM723H
SG723T
SG Diraet
Signaties
Raplacamant
LM1001AF
SG101AD
/UA711CA
SG711CN
LM101AK
SG101AT
HA711CK
SG711CT
LM101F
SG101D
|JUA723L
SG723T
LM101Q
SG101F
/M723CL
SG723CT
LM101K
SGI 01 T
JUA723CA
SG723CN
LM107K
SG107T
AiA733K
SG733T
LM109DB
SG109T
JUA733I
SG733J
LM109DA,
SG109IC.
-JUA733CA
SG733CN
LM201AF
SG201AD
ptA733CK
SG733CT
LM201AK
SG201AT
/iA733CI
SG733CJ
LM201DF
SG201D
AIA741T
SG741JT
LM201K
SG201T
JUA741CA
SG741CN
LM201AN-14
SG201AN
MA741CT
SG741CT
LM201Y
SG201M
AJA741CV
SG741CM
LM201Q
SG201F
JUA747T
SG747T
LM207K
SG207T
P1A747CA
SG747CN
LM207Y
SG207M
/UA747CK
SG747CT
LM209DB
SG209T
i^tA748T
SG748T
LM209KDA
SG209K
JUA748CA
SG748CN
LM301AF
SG301AD
/UA748CT
SG748CT
LM301AH
SG301AT
/LIA748CV
SG748CM
LM301AN-14
SG301AN
S5556K
SG1556T
LM301AN
SG301AM
N5556K
SG1456T
LM307K
SG307T
N5556V
SG14S6M
LM307A
SG307M
S558K
SG1S58T
LM309DB
SG309T
N5558K
SG1458T
LM309K
SG309K
N5558V
SG1458M
SE555K
SG55SCT
S5596K
SG1596T
NE555F
SG555CT
N 5596 A
SG1496N
NE555Y
SG555CM
N5596K
SG1496T
SE556K
SG556T
SN7520A
SG7520N
NE556K
SG556CT
SN7521A
SG7521N
JUA710Q
SG710F
SN7522A
SG7522N
JJA710K
SG710T
SN7523A
SG7523N
MA710CA
SG710CN
SN7524A
SG7524N
JUA710CK
SG710CT
SN7525A
SG7525N
JUA711Q
SG711F
SN75450A
SG75450BN
AW711H
SG711T
RCA
SG Direct
RCA
Replacement
CA3001
SG3001
CA3083E
SG3083N
CA3018T
' SG3018T
CA3083F
SG3083J
CA3018AT
SG3018AT
CA3086E
SG3086N
CA3026T
SG3822T
CA3086F
SG3086J
CA3045F
SG3821J
CA3146E
SG3146N
CA3046E
SG3821N
CA3183E
SG3183N
CA3054E
SG3822N
CA3183AE
SG3183AN
CA3055T
SG300T
CA3741T
SG3741T
CA3058F
SG3058J
CA3741CT
SG741CT
CA3059F/E
SG3059J/N
CA3747CT
SG747CT
CA3079E
SG3079N
CA3747E
SG747N
CA3081 E
SG3081 N
CA3747T
SG747T
CA3081 F
SG3081J
CA3748CT
SG748CT
CA3082E
SG3082N
CA3748T
SG748T
CA3082F
SG3082J
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
Texas
SG Direct
Texas
SG Direct
Texas
SG Direct
Texas
SG Direct
Texas
SG Direct
Texas
SG Direct
Instruments
Replacement
Instruments
Replacement
Instruments
Replacement
Instruments
Replacement
Instruments
Replacement
Instruments
Replacement
ULN2001J
SG2001J
SN52108L
SG108T
SN55450BJ
SG55450BJ
SN72308J
SG308D
SN7520J
SG7520J
SN75138J
SG75138J
ULN2002J
SG2002J
SN52108AF
SG108AF
SN55451 J
SG55451J
SN72308L
SG308T
SN7520N
SG7520N
SN75138N
SG75138N
ULN2003J
SG2003J
SN52108AJ
SG108AD
SN55452J
SG55452J
SN72308AZ
SG308AF
SN7521J
SG7521J
SG75154J
SG75154J
SN5520J
SG5520J
SN52108AL
SG108AT
SN55453J
SG55453J
SN72308J
SG308D
SN7521N
SG7521N
SG75325J
SG75325J
SN5521J
SG5521J
SN52555L
SG555T
SN55454J
SG55454J
SN72308L
SG308T
SN7522J
SG7522J
SN75325N
SG75325N
SN5522J
SG5522J
SN52710J
SG710D
SN55460J
SG55460J
SN72555L
SG555CT
SN7522N
SG7522N
SN75450BIM
SG75450BN
SN5523J
SG5523J
SN52710L
SG710T
SN55461J
SG55461J
SN72555P
SG555CM
SN7523J
SG7523J
SN75450BJ
SG75450BJ
SN5524J
SG5524J
SN52710S
SG710F
SN55462J
SG55462J
SN72710J
SG710CD
SG7523N
SG7523N
SN75451J
SG75451J
SN5525J
SG5525J
SN52711J
SG711D
SN55463J
SG55463J
SN72710L
SG710CT
SN7524J
SG7524J
SN75452J
SG75452J
SN5526J
SG5526J
SN5271 1 L
SG711T
SN55464J
SG55464J
SN72711J
SG711CD
SN7524N
SG7524N
SN75453J
SG75453J
SN5527J
SG5527J
SN52711Z
SG711F
SN55471J
SG55471J
SN7271 1 L
SG711CT
SN7525J
SG7525J
SN75454J
SG75454J
SN5528J
SG5528J
SN52733L
SG733T
SN55472J
SG55472J
SN72733L
SG733CT
SN7525N
SG7525N
SN75460N
SG75460N
SN5529J
SG5529J
SN52733N
SG733N
SN55473J
SG55473J
SN72733N
SG733CD
SN7528J
SG7528J
SN75460J
SG75460J
SN5534J
SG5534J
SN52741F
SG741F
SN55474J
SG55474J
SN72741Z
SG741CF
SN7528N
SG7528N
SN75461J
SG75461J
SN5535J
SG5535J
SN52741J
SG741D
SN7230U
SG101D
SN72741J
SG741CD
SN7529J
SG7529J
SN75462J
SG75462J
SN5536J
SG5536J
SN52741 L
SG741T
SN72301 L
SG201T
SN72741 L
SG741CT
SN7529N
SG7529N
SN75463J
SG75463J
SN5537J
SG5537J
SN52747J
SG747D
SN72301Z
SG201F
SN72741P
SG741CM
SN7534J
SG7534J
SN75464J
SG75464J
SN5538J
SG5538J
SN52747L
SG747T
SN72301AJ
SG301 AD
SN72741N
SG741CN
SN7534N
SG7534N
SN75471J
SG75471J
SN5539J
SG5539J
SN52748F
SG748F
SN72301AL
SG301AT
SN72747J
SG747CD
SN7535J
SG7535J
SN75472J
SG75472J
SN52107J
SG107D
SN52748J
SG748D
SN72301AZ
SG301 AF
SN72747L
SG747CT
SN7535N
SG7535N
SN75473J
SG75473J
SN52107L
SG107T
SN52748L
SG748T
SN72307J
SG307D
SN72747M
SG747CN
SN7538J
SG7538J
SN75474J
SG75474J
SN52107Z
SG107F
SN55138J
SG55138J
SN72307L
SG307T
SN72748F
SG748CF
SN7538N
SG7538N
SG1524
SG1524
SN52108F
SG108F
SN55154J
SG55154J
SN72307Z
SG307F
SN72748J
SG748GD
SN7539J
SG7539J
SG2524
SG2524
SN52108J
SG108D
SN55325J
SG55325J
SN72308Z
SG308F
SN72748L
SG748CT
SN7539N
SG7539N
SG3524
SG3524
■■■I
MIL~iVt-3$£10
mmmi
PRODUCT QUALITY ASSURANCE
Silicon General is totally committed to the manufacture of high-
reliability integrated circuits. This commitment extends through-
out the organization from initial product design to final shipment.
Silicon General integrated circuits are manufactured and exam-
ined to meet or exceed the requirements of MIL-STD-883 ., and,
in addition, the Company has implemented the capability for
complete screening and testing to the requirements of
MIL-M-38510.
Silicon General's manufacturing flow and standard quality assur-
ance procedures are outlined below. If more complete informa-
tion is required, the Silicon General Quality and Reliability
Manual is available on request.
Processing and Assembly Flow — The outline below describes the
standard production processing procedures used exclusively at
Silicon General to insure that all products are manufactured in
full conformance to the requirements of Ml L-Q-9858A and
MIL-STD-883 Condition B as a minimum.
Post-Assembly Screening Procedures - The company's unique
flexibility allows ready accommodations to special customer
requirements, including post assembly screening procedures in
compliance to MIL-M-38510 and MIL-STD-883, Method 5004.
Additional screens available on special request include: Scanning
Electron Microscope, Method 2018; Moisture Resistance, Method
1004; Variable Frequency Vibration, Method 2007 and Salt
Atmosphere, Method 1009.
MIL-M-38510 Qualification and Quality Conformance
Inspection — Group B, C and D tests are performed on a periodic
basis or when specified by the customer. This testing is in com-
pliance to MIL-M-38510 as detailed in MIL-STD-883, Method
5005.
STANDARD QUALITY ASSURANCE PROCEDURE
BASIC RAW MATERIALS - Silicon, Chemical, Masks,
Headers, Wire, etc.
▼ QC SAMPLE INSPECTION - Each arriving ship-
ment is assigned a lot code identification to assure
traceability and is then sample-processed through
mechanical, visual, electrical, and functional lot
acceptance testing prior to stocking.
WAFER FABRICATION
— ▼ 100% QC INSPECTION - At each photomasking
step, examining for:
• Mask alignment and resolution
• Oxide and diffusion quality
• In-process electrical evaluation
100% ELECTRICAL PROBE OF COMPLETED WAFER
Complete product performance testing on Teradyne J273
automatic test equipment to data sheet or customer
specified limits
▼ QC SAMPLE INSPECTION OF PROBING -
Performed on continuous sampling basis for
evidence of adequate probe contact, correct
inking, and freedom from probe point damage.
MANUFACTURING WAFER INVENTORY
4 WAFER SCRIBE AND BREAK
O 100% DIE SORT AT 100X MAGNIFICATION
— — ▼ QC SAMPLE INSPECTION (each lot) - Per
MIL-STD-883, Method 2010, Condition B
minimum magnification of 100X.
DIE ATTACH
-▼ QC CONTINUOUS SAMPLING INSPECTION -
Per MIL-STD-883A, Method 2010 , Condition B
minimum; Including die shear strength testing per
Method 2019.
— ▼ QC SAMPLE INSPECTION - MIL-STD-883
Method 2010, Condition B minimum, magnifi-
cation of 40X and 100X.
^ FINAL SEAL - Hermetically sealed in a controlled, dry-
nitrogen environment.
LEAD BOND
▼ QC CONTINUOUS SAMPLING INSPECTION -
Per MIL-STD-883, Method 2010, Condition B
minimum; including bond pull testing per
Method 201 1 , Condition D.
100% PRESEAL OPTICAL INSPECTION OF COM-
PLETED DEVICE - Per MIL-STD-883, Method 2010
Condition B minimum.
▼ QC LOT INSPECTION SAMPLING AND
ACCEPTANCE — Post cap visual inspection per
MIL-STD-883, Method 2010, Condition B;
including Bond Pull Strength testing per
Method 201 1, Condition D, and Die Shear
Strength testing per Method 2019.
MANUFACTURING POST-ASSEMBLY SCREENING
+ 100% ELECTRICAL TEST AND CLASSIFICATION -
Complete performance testing of all specified parameters
to either data sheet or customer specified limits.
9 MARKING — To customer specified or Silicon General
identification plus date code traceable to seal or lot
acceptance date.
PRESHIP PACKING
-▼ QUALITY ASSURANCE - Group A Preship
Electrical Test and Final Visual Inspection per
M I L-STD-883, Method 2009.
• SHIP
Post Assembly Screening Procedures
Silicon General manufactures products to the three standard levels of quality assurance processing outlined
below. In addition, the company's unique flexibility allows ready accommodations to special customer
requirements. The following screening procedures are in compliance to MIL-M-38510 and all methods are as
detailed in MIL-STD-883, Method 5004.
MIL-STD-883,CLASSA
MIL-STD-883, CLASS B
STANDARD PRODUCT
SCREEN
METHOD
REQM'T
METHOD
REQM'T
METHOD
REQM'T
Internal Visual
Pre or Post Cap
2010, Condition A
100%
2010, Condition B
100%
2010, Condition B
100%
Stabilization
Bake
1008, Condition C
24 Hours @150°C
100%
1008, Condition C
24 Hours @150°C
100%
1008, Condition C
24 Hours @150°C
100%
Temperature
Cycling
1010, Condition C
10 Cycles,
-65°Cto+150°C
100%
1010, Condition C
10 Cycles,
-65°Cto+150°C
100%
1010, Condition C
10 Cycles
-65°Cto+150°C
100%
Constant
Acceleration
2001, Condition E
30,000 g Y 2 then Y 1
100%
2001, Condition E
30,000 g, Y<\ Plane
100%
Hermeticity
a) Fine
b) Gross
1014, Condition A
Helium, 10" 8 ,
atm/cc/sec
1014, Condition C2
Fluorocarbon
100%
100%
1014, Condition A
Helium 5 X 10-8,
atm/cc/sec
1014, Condition C2
Fluorocarbon
100%
100%
1014, Condition A
Helium 10"?,
atm/cc/sec
1014, Condition C2
Fluorocarbon
5%
LTPD
5%
LTPD
Pre-Burn-in
Electrical
Test
Per Applicable
Procurement
Document
100%
Per Applicable
Procurement
Document
100%
Burn-in Test
1015, Condition A
240 Hours @ 125°C
100%
1015 #< Condition A
or F
168 Hours @125°C
100%
Per Applicable
Procurement
Document
Final Electrical
Test
a) DC@25°C
b) DC @ Max
and Min
Rated
Temperature
c) Dynamic
@25°C
d) Functional
@25°C
Per Applicable
Procurement
Document
100%
100%
100%
100%
Per Applicable
Procurement
Document
100%
100%
100%
100%
Per Applicable
Procurement
Document
100%
100%
Radiographic
Method 2012
100%
Qualification
and Quality
Conformance
Testing
Method 5005
Per
Applicable
Document
Method 5005
Per
Applicable
Document
DC Electrical
@25°C
5%
LTPD
External
Visual
Method 2009
100%
Method 2009
100%
Method 2009
100%
NOTE:
Additional Screens Available on Special Request —
• Scanning Electron Microscope, Method 201 £
• Moisture Resistance, Method 1004
• Variable Frequency Vibration, Method 2007
• Salt Atmosphere, Method 1009
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
Positive Adjustable Regulators
Negative Adjustable Regulators
3-Terminal, Adjustable Regulators
3-Terminal, Fixed Positive Regulators
3-Terminal, Fixed Negative Regulators
3-Terminal, 3-Amp, 5V Regulators
Precision Negative Regulator
Dual Polarity Tracking Regulators
Adjustable Dual Polarity Regulators
Switching Regulators
Positive Voltage Regulators
SG100/200/300
This circuit is a positive voltage regulator designed for both linear and
switching applications. With an input voltage rating of up to 40V, this
device will provide 20mA of load current by itself and more than 5 amps
with the aid of external transistors. Additional features include' low
standby power dissipation, fast transient response, and freedom from
oscillations.
• Output voltage adjustable from 2 to 30V
• Load regulation better than 0.05%/mA
• Line regulation better than 0.20%/V
• 1.0% maximum temperature variation
SG105/205/305/305A
This circuit is a positive voltage regulator designed for both linear and
switching applications. Inherent component tracking of the monolithic
integrated circuit process provides a high degree of stability and accuracy
in addition to fast response to both line and load transients. With an input
voltage rating of up to 50V, this device will deliver load currents of 20mA
(45mA with 305A). Adding external transistors will increase the current
capability to greater than 10 amps and further improve regulation.
• Output voltage adjustable from 4.5 to 40V
• Load regulation better than 0.01%/mA
• Line regulation better than 0.06%/V
• Ripple rejection of 0.01 %/V
• 1.0% maximum temperature variation
PARAMETERS*
100
200
300
105
205
305
305A
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +70
to +70
-55 to +125
-25 to +85
to +70
0to70
°C
Package Types
T,J,Y
T,J,Y, M,N
T,J, Y
T,J, Y,M,N
T
-
Input Voltage Range
8.5 to 40
8.0 to 30
8.5 to 50
8.0 to 40
8.5 to 50
V
Output Voltage Range
2.0 to 30
2.0 to 20
4.5 to 40
4.5 to 30
4.5 to 40
V
Input/Output Differential
3.0 to 30
3.0 to 20
3.0 to 30
3.0 to 30
3.0 to 30
V
Load Regulation
0.5 l > 2
0.1 2 ' 3
0.1 2 ' 3
20 2,3
%
Line Regulation V " ~ v out < 5V
V ln -V out >5V
0.2
0.1
0.06
0.03
%/V
Ripple Feed thru Cref = lOjuf, f = 120Hz
_
0.01
0.01
0.003 (typ)
%/V
Temperature Stability
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
%
Output Noise Voltage
(10Hz<f < 10KHz,C re f = 0)
0.005 (typ)
0.005 (typ)
0.005 (typ)
0.005 (typ)
0.005 (typ)
%
Feedback Sense Voltage
1.8 (typ)
1.8 (typ)
1.7 (typ)
1.7 (typ)
1.55 to 1.85
V
Standby Current Drain
3.0
3.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
mA
Minimum Load Current
3.0
3.0
mA
Long Term Stability
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
%
* Para meters apply at junction temperatures equal to or less than operating temperature range, and for a divider
impedance seen by the feedback terminal of 2Vft, unless otherwise specified.
Il_ < 12mA, Rsc = on. Output current and load regulation can be improved with external transistors.
Improvement factors will be approx. equal to the composite current gain of added transistors.
2
Applies for constant junction temperature. Temperature drift effects must be taken into account separately when
the unit is operating under conditions of high dissipation.
Same as Note 1, except Rsc = 10ft.
.043 1
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
Regulator Connected for 2-Amp Output Basic Regulator Circuit
FEEOBACK.[i
COMPENSATION C .
REGULATED r
OUTPUT 1L
CURRENT r
LIMIT ill
NC E
e]NC
sJGNO
-. UNREGUL/
1) INPUT
jt BOOSTER
i OUTPUT
i] NC
TjNC
Negative Voltage Regulators
SG104/204/304
This circuit is a negative voltage regulator designed for both linear and
switching applications. It is a complement of the SG 100/200/300. SGI 05/
205/305 and SG723/723C intended for systems requiring regulated
negative voltages having a common ground with the unregulated supply.
With an input voltage rating of up to 50V, this device will deliver load
currents to 25mA. Adding external transistors will increase the current
capability to greater than 10 amps and further improve regulation.
• Output voltage adjustable from 15mV to 40V
• 1mV regulation no toad to full load
• 0.01 %/V line regulation
• 1% maximum temperature variation
PARAMETERS*
104
204
304
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
-25 to +85
Oto+70
oc
Package Types
T
Input Voltage Range
-50 to -8
-40 to -8
V
Output Voltage Range
-40 to -0.01 5
-30 to -0.035
V
Input/Output Differential l = 20 mA 1
2.0 to 50
2.0 to 40
V
Load Regulation 2 < l < 20 mA, R^. « 1.5ft
5mV
-
Line Regulation 3 V ° ut < " 5V
AV in = 0.1V in
0.1
%
Ripple Feed thru C 19 = 10/uf, f = 120Hz, -7V < V in < -15V
1.0
1.0
mV/V
Output Voltage Scale Factor R23 = 2.4kft
1.8 to 2.2
1.8 to 2.2
V/kft
Temperature Stability V <— 1V
1.0
1.0
%
Output Noise Voltage C 19 = 0/tiF BW ■- 10Hz to 10KHz V < -5V
0.007 (typ)
0.007 (typ)
%
Standby Current Drain V ■ 0, lj_ = 5 mA
2.5
2.5
mA
Long Term Stability V < -1 V
1.0
1.0
%
* Parameters apply at junction temperatures equal to or less than operating temperature range unless otherwise specified. The line and
load regulation specifications are for constant junction temperature. Temperature drift effects must be taken into account
separately when the unit is operating under conditions Of high dissipation.
With l = 5 mA, min differential is 0.5V. With external transistors differential is increased, in the worst case, by approx. lv.
2
Output current and load regulation can be improved with external transistors. Improvement factor will be approx. equal to the
composite current gain of added transistors.
With zero output, the dc line regulation is determined from the ripple rejection. Hence, with output voltages between volts
and —5 volts, a dc output variation, determined from the ripple rejection, must be added to find the worst-case line regulation.
Basic Negative Regulator Circuit
-GNO
SG104/204/304Chip (See T-package
diagram for pad functions)
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
UNREGULATED
11
5 Volt Fixed Voltage Regulators
SG109/209/309
The SG109 series is a completely self-contained 5V regulator. Designed
to provide local regulation at currents up to 1 amp for digital logic cards,
this device is available in two commonly used transistor packages - the
solid header TO-5 and the TO-3 power package.
A major feature of the SG109's design is its built-in protective features
which make it essentially blowout proof. These consist of both current
limiting to control the peak currents and thermal shutdown to protect
against excessive power dissipation. With the only added component being
the possible need for an input bypass capacitor, this regulator becomes
extremely easy to apply.
• Fully compatible with TTL and DTL
• Output current in excess of 1 amp
• Internal thermal overload protection
• No additional external components
PARAMETERS 1
109
209
309
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +150
-25 to +150
to +125
°C
Package Types
T, K
T. K
-
Output Voltage
4.9 to 5.1
4.8 to 5.2
V
Line Regulation 7V < Vj n < 25V
50
mV
Load Regulation 5mA < l olJt < 0.5 A (1.5A for TO-3)
TO-5: 50; TO-3: 100
mV
Total Output Voltage Tolerance
4.75 to 5.25
V
Quiescent Current Vj n < 25V
10
mA
Ripple Rejection 10 Hz < f < 10kHz
75 (typ)
dB
Output Noise Voltage 10Hz < f < 100kHz
40 (typ)
juVrms
Output Impedance 10Hz < f < 10kHz
0.1 (typ)
n
Long Term Stability
10
mV
* Unless otherwise specified, Tj = 25°C, V jn = 10 Volts, and l out = 0.1 A.
2 7V < V jn < 25V, 5mA < l out < 1.0 A (0-2 A for TO-5), P < 20W (2W for TO-5), ATj max.
Tjmax = — 55<>C to +150°C for the SG109
= — 25°C to +150°C for the SG209
= 0°Cto +125°Cfor the SG309
Adjustable
Output Regulator
l
SG109
2
J R1
CI
3
> 1% •
> R2
I ? 1K
Current Regulator
1
Fixed 5V Regulator
1
SG109
2
*C1 JL
0.22 ^F -r
3
Z C2
* REQUIRED IF REGULATOR IS AN
APPRECIABLE DISTANCE FROM
POWER SUPPLY FILTER.
t ALTHOUGH NO OUTPUT CAPACITOR
IS NEEDED FOR STABILITY, IT DOES
IMPROVE TRANSIENT RESPONSE.
NPUT t
C1 _L
0.22 n? ~r
Q
• DETERMINES OUTPUT CURRENT
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
TOP VIEWS
SG109/209/309 Chip
\
1
P>Package
TO-220
Front
View
2 - Output
3 - Ground
Tab - Ground
Three Terminal Adjustable Voltage Regulator
SG117 / SG217 / SG317
Description
This monolithic integrated circuit is an adjustable 3-terminal positive
voltage regulator designed to supply more than 1.5 amps of load current
with an output voltage adjustable over a 1 .2 to 37 volt range. Although ease
of setting the output voltage to any desired value with only two. external
resistors is a major feature of this circuit, exceptional line and load
regulation are also offered. In addition, full overload protection consisting
of current limiting, thermal shutdown and safe-area control are included in
this device which is packaged in proven-reliability steel TO-3, TO-66 and
solid-based TO-39 packages. The SG1 1 7 is rated for operation from -55° C
to +150°C, the SG217 from -25° C to +150° C and the SG317 from 0°Ct6
+125°C.
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Features
• Output adjustable between 1.2 and 37 volts
• Output current in excess of 1.5 amps
• Floating operation for high voltages
• 0.1% line and load regulation
• Full overload protection
• High-reliability, hermetically-sealed package
• SG317 available in TO-220
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
TOP VIEWS
Power Dissipation
Input-Output Voltage Differential
Storage Temperature
Internally Limited
40V
-65°Cto+l50°C
(( ®)) ADJUST
Operating Junction Temperature Range
SG117
SG217
SG317
-55°Cto+l50°C
-25°Cto+150°C
0°Cto+125°C
^^-—-"'iNPUT
T-Package
TO-39
Electrical Characteristics (See Note)
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
SG1 17/21 7
SG317
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
Line Regulation
T A • 25°C, 3V < (V|N - V ) < 40V
0.01
0.02
0.01
0.04
%/V
Load Regulation
T A • 25°C, V < 5V
5
15
5
25
mV
10 mA < Iq < IMAX v O > 5 V
0.1
0.3
0.1
0.5
%
Adjustment Pin Current
50
100
50
100
MA
Adjustment Pin Current Change
2.5V < (V| N - Vo> < 40V,
10 mA < l < IMAX
0.2
5
0.2
5
MA
Reference Voltage
3V < (V| N - V ) < 40V
10 mA<l < l MAX . P < PMAX
1.20
1.25
1.30
1.20
1.25
1.30
V
Line Regulation
3V< (V| N - V X 40V
0.02
0.05
0.02
0.07
%/V
Load Regulation
T A = 25°C. C ADJ -
20
50
20
70
mV
f» 120 Hz C/voj^lOmfd
0.3
1.0
0.3
1.5
%
Temperature Stability
T MIN^ T j^ T MA x
1.0
1.0
%
Minimum Load Current
(V |N - V > = 40V
3.5
5.0
3.5
10
mA
Current Limit
(V |N - V ) < 15V
<V IN ~ v O ) = 40v
1.5
2.2
0.4
1.5
2.2
0.4
A
A
Output Noise, RMS
T A = 25°C, 10 Hz < f ^ 10 kHz
0.003
0.003
%
Ripple Rejection
T A = 250C, C ADJ =
65
65
db
f=120Hz C A DJ=10mfd
66
80
66
80
db
Long Term Stability
T A =125°C
0.3
1
0.3
1
%/khr
Thermal Resistance, Junction
to Case
K Package
2.3
3
2.3
3
°C/W
T Package
12
15
12
15
°C/W
f 5 !
TO-220 Package
NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, the above specifications apply over the following conditions
-55°C< Tj< 150°C
-25°C< Tj< 150°C
0°C< Tj< 125°C
(V, N -V )=5V / I = 0.5A,I MAX = 1.5A
(V, N - V ) = 5V. I * 0.1 A, l MAX = 0.5A
All regulation specifications are measured at constant junction temperatures using low duty-cycle pulse testing.
' 13
SG117:
SG217:
SG317:
K-Package:
T -Pack age:
Three Terminal Adjustable Voltage Regulator
Typical Performance Characteristic*
Current Limiting
8
"Vfe.
s r \*
ise»c
/
T ( .-SS»C
^
^
~-~,
Tj'IS'Cy'"
8 10 21 30 M
INPUT-OUTPUT DIFFERENTIAL IV)
Temperature Stability
Dropou
t Voltage
S „
AV OOT »t0en.W
I
l L «1.U
l t «IA
1
1
l L *M»mA
*..
^jj'jOO^a'
It -20mA/
10
1
JUNCTION TEMPERATURE PC)
Minimum Operating Current
3
S2.0
T,
-ii^.-"" -
, ''''' ^
&"
■\v
IS0H
,
ZigHQ
p
f£*i
Tj = 2S»C
\
JUNCTION TEMFERATURE (»CI
INPUT -0UTFUT DIFFERENTIAL (V
APPLICATION DATA
The SG1 17 adjustable 3-terminal regulator is actually designed
to provide a fixed 1.25 volt reference voltage between the out-
put and adjustment terminals. This voltage is converted to a
programming current by the action of R1 as shown in Figure 1
and this constant current then flows through R2 to ground.
The output voltage of the regulator is then:
(♦8?)«
Since l ADJ is controlled to less than 100 fiA, the error asso-
ciated with this term is negligible. It should be noted that the
method of keeping l ADJ small is to return all the regulator
quiescent current to the output terminal. This imposes the
requirement for a minimum load current. If the load is less
than this minimum, the output will rise.
Since the SG1 17 is a floating regulator, it is only the input-
output voltage differential which is important to regulator
performance and operation at high voltages with respect to
ground are possible.
Good load regulation can be achieved with the SG117 even
without remote sensing, since the case is the output terminal
of the regulator which can be a very low impedance point.
For best performance, the programming resistor (R1) should
be connected as close to the regulator as possible; perhaps even
with a separate connection to the case. The ground end of R2
can be used as a remote sense lead and should be connected as
close to the load as possible.
No external capacitors are required with the SG117, but in
some applications, performance may be improved with added
capacitance as follows:
1. An input capacitor at 0.1 mfd will protect against
problems when high line impedance is present. The
device can be more sensitive to input impedance when
output or adjustment capacitors are used.
2. Bypassing the adjustment terminal to ground with a
10 mfd capacitor will improve the ripple rejection by
about 15 dB.
3. A 1 mfd tantalum capacitor on the output will improve
transient response and keep the regulator from ringing
due to light capacitive loading.
In addition to external capacitors, it is sometimes good prac-
tice to add protection diodes as shown in Figure 2 if there is a
chance that a capacitor may discharge through the regulator IC.
1 • -«■
-W-
FIGURE t. Basic Adjustable Regulator Circuit
FIGURE 2. Diode D 1 protects against C3 with an input short.
Diode D2 protects against C2 with an output short.
14
Three Terminal Negative Regulator Series
SG120/220/320
The SG 120 series of negative regulators offer self-contained fixed-
voltage capability up to 1 .5 amps of load current. With four factory set
output voltages (-5V, -5.2V, -12V and -15V) and four package options,
this regulator series is an optimum complement to the SG7800/140 line
of three terminal positive regulators.
Since these regulators require only a single output capacitor for
satisfactory performance, and are protected from overload conditions
by internal current limiting and thermal shutdown protection, ease of
application is assured.
Although designed as fixed-voltage regulators, the output voltage can
be increased through the use of a simple voltage divider. The low
quiescent drain current of the device insures good regulation when this
method is used. Product is available in hermetically sealed TO-39,
TO-66 and TO-3 power packages and commercial product is also
available in TO-220.
PACKAGES
TOP VIEWS
• Output voltage set internally to ±3%
• One volt minimum input-output differential
• Excellent line and load regulation
• Short circuit current limited
• Thermal overload protection
I I JiilK CH I.
jjp§MM|fc|L j 30 '**
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Input -Output
Device Output Voltage
Input Voltage
Differential
5.0 volts
-25V
25V
' 5.2 volts
-25V
25V
8.0 volts
-35V
30V
12 volts
-35V
30V
15 volte
-40V
30V
Power dissipation
Internally Limited
Operating junction temperature range
SG 120 series
-55<>Cto+1S0°C
SG220 series
-25©C to -H50OC
SG320 series
0°C to +125°C
Storage temperature renge
-65<>C to +150°C
Lead temperature (soldering.
10
sec)
300<>C
APPLICATIONS
Fixed Output Regulator
Dual Polarity, Trimmed Supply
^1
u
C2
1.0pF
l . Ci is required only if regulator is separated from rectifier filter.
2 Both Ci and C2 should be low ES.R: types such as solid tantalum. Ifalur
electrohticsare used, at least 10 times values shown should be selected.
3 If large output capacities are used, the regulators must be protected from r
tary input shorts. A high current diode from output to input will suffice.
Circuit for Increasing Output Voltage
C1 .
>
4
25„Fj
Rl
►' '. i
:*c 2
10uF
2.2* F'
t
R 2
, 3
SG120
2 I
1
SG140-15
2
POS.
'
♦15.0V
INPUT
3
^ 0.22 mfd .
► 61
510
► 20k
k
1
1N4720
0.1 mfd
L
<
:«
J
J
COMMON
♦_
C 2.2 mfd
510
\
fc <
►20k
i
k* * s
J
NEC.
INPUT
1
1N4720
3
2
15.0V
NOTE: C3 optional for improved
response and ripple rejecti
v (REGULATOR)
a 1 + «2.
WHERE R2 • 300n FOR SGI 20-5 AND SG120 5.2
R2 - 750J2 FOR SG120 12
R2 = 1000« FOR SG120-15
NOTE: This circuit will allow each output to be adjusted approximately ±1 volt around its nominal
value. While there is some interaction in the adjustments, it is typically less than 10%. The linearity
of the adjustment is a function of the potentiometer resistance with lower values increasing the
linearity at the expense of power dissipation. The diodes protect the regulators from output polarity
reversal due to inadvertent overloads or variations in input voltage sequencing.
This same technique may be used with other voltages and/or regulators in the series by merely
adjusting the circuit values.
_
120/220 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2)
DEVICE TYPE (Note 5)
120/220-5
120/220-5.2
120/220 -8
120/220 -
12
120/220 -
15
Units
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
-5
-5.2
-8
-12
-15
Volts
INPUT VOLTAGE (Uniess Otherwise Noted)
-10
-10
-13
-17
-20
Volts
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Output Voltage
Tj = 25°C, l = 5mA
-4.9
-5.1
-5.1
-5.3
-7.80
-8.20
-11.7
-12.3
-14.7
-15.3
Volts
Line Regulation
(Note 4)
Tj = 25°C, \q = 5 mA
AV|n Range
5 25
(-7V <V|n <-25V)
1 j
6 25
(-8V <V|N <-25V)
I I
10
(-10.5V<V,n
J
25
<-25V)
4 10
(-14V<V, N <-32V)»
5 10
M7V<V,n<-35V)
mV
Line Regulation
Tj = 25°C, l = 5 mA
I 3 I 15
(-8V<V|n<-12V)
I 6 ] 15
(-9V<V| N <-12V)
I 8
(-11V<V|n<
-17V)
I 8
(-16V<V|n<
s
;-22V)
1 .8 I .
(-20 V <V| N <-26V)
mV
Load Regulation
P, R, K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
5mA<lQ<1.5A
5mA<lo^500mA
15
5
50
40
20
6
-60
50
24
7
80
25
28
8
80
25
30
10
80
25
mV
mV
Load Regulation
P, R, K -Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
250 mA <l <750 mA
100mA<l <250mA
15
5
25
20
20
6
30
25
50
7
40
15
28
8
40
15
30
10
40
15
mV
mV
Total Output
Voltage Tolerance
K-Package
T-Package
R, P-Package
AIq Range
5 mA <Iq <1 .0A, P <20W
5 mA <l <200 mA, P <2W
5 mA <l <1 .0A, P <1 5W
(-7.5V
-4.8
<v, N *
%-25V)
-5.2
(-7.7V
-5.0
<V, N *
^-25 V)
-5.4
(-10.5V
-7.65
<V| N <-25V)
-8.35
(-14.5V<V||\|<-32V)
-11.5 -12.5
(-17.5V<V| N <-35V)
-14.5 -15.5
Volts
Quiescent Current
Tj = 25°C
1
2
1
2
1
2
1.5
4
1.5
4
mA
Quiescent Current
Change
Line AV|fg Range
Load AIq Range
1.3
.5
1.3
.5
1.0
.5
1.0
.5
1.0
.5
mA
mA
Long Term Stability
10u0 hours at Tj = 125°C
20
24
32
48
60
mV
Temperature Coefficient
lO = 5 mA
-0.5
-0.5
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
mV/°C
Ripple Rejection
f = 120 Hz, AV|N = 10V
54
60
54
60
54
60
54
60
54
60
dB
Output Noise Voltage
Tj = 250C. 10 Hz <f < 100 kHz
40
45
52
75
90
jUVrms
Dropout Voltage
Tj = 250C, lo = 1.0A (Note 3)
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Volts
Short Circuit Current
Tj = 25°C (Note 6)
2.1
2.0
1.8
1.5
1.3
Amps
Peak Output Current
Tj = 250C (Note 3)
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.2
Amps
Thermal Shutdown
Iq = 5 mA (Note 3)
175
175
175
175
175
°C
1. Tj = -55°C to +150°C, IfJUT = 500 mA for R * p and K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise r
2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing.
3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package.
4. AV|m min. @ -55°C must maintain an input/output differential of 2.5V.
.5. P-Package available only in SG220.
6. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV||\j range.
320 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2)
DEVICE TYPE
320-5
320 -5.2
320-8
320-12
320-15
Units
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
-5
-5.2
-8
-12
-15
Volts
INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted)
-10
-10
-13
-17
-20
Volts
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Output Voltage
Tj = 25°C, l = 5 mA
-4.8
-5.2
-5.0
-5.4
-7.7
-8.3
-11.6
-12.4
-14.6
-15.4
Volts
Line Regulation
Tj = 25°C, l = 5 mA
AV|N Range
f 5 40
(-7V <V| N <-25V)
1 |
6 40
(-8V<V| N <-25V)
| i
15
(-10.5V<V|N
I
40
^-25 V)
4 20
(-14V<V|M<-32V)
| |
15 20
(-17V<V|N<-35V)
1 1
mV
Line Regulation
Tj = 25°C, lo = 5 mA
1 5 J 25
(-8V<V, N <-12V)
I 6 I »
(-9V<V| N <-12V)
« 8 ' 40
(-11V<V|N<-17V)
' 12 I 60
(-16V<V| N <-22V)
1 1 J 7.
M7.5V<V| N <-30V)
mV
Load Regulation
P, R, K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
5mA<lQ<1.5A
5mA<l <500mA
15
5
100
50
20
6
100
50
12
4
100
40
28
8
80
40
30
10
80
40
mV
mV
Load Regulation
P, R, K-Package
T-Pqckage (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
250 mA <l <750 mA
100mA<l <250mA
15
5
50
25
20
6
50
25
50
7
50
25
28
8
40
20
30
10
40
20
mV
mV
Total Output
Voltage Tolerance
K-Package
T-Package
R, P-Package
5 mA <l <1 .0A, P <20W
5 mA <Iq <200 mA, P<2W
5 mA <l <1 -0A, P <1 5W
(-7.5V
-4.75
<v IN <
^-25V)
-5.25
(-7.7V
-4.95
<v IN <
^-25V)
-5.45
(-10.5V
-7.6
'<V| N <-25V)
-8.4
M4.5V<V| N <-32V)
-11.4 -12.6
(-17.5V<V| N <-35V)
-14.4 -15.6
Volts
Quiescent Current
Tj = 25°C
1
2
1
2
1
2
1.5
4
1.5
4
mA
Quiescent Current
Change
Line AV|fg Range
Load AIq Range
1.3
.5
1.3
.5
1.0
.5
1.0
.5
1.0
.5
mA
mA
Long Term Stability
1000 hours at Tj = 125°C
20
24
32
48
60
mV
Temperature Coefficient
lO = 5 mA
-0.5
-0.5
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
mV/°C
Ripple Rejection
f=120Hz, AV|N = 10V
54
60
54
60
54
60
54
60
54
60
dB
Output Noise Voltage
Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz <f < 100 kHz
40
45
52
75
90
jUV rms
Dropout Voltage
Tj = 25°C, Iq = 1 .0A (Note 3)
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Volts
Short Circuit Current
Tj = 25°C (Note 4)
2.1
2.0
1.8
1.5
1.3
Amps
Peak Output Current
Tj = 25°C (Note 3)
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.2
Amps
Thermal Shutdown
l = 5 mA (Note 3)
175
175
175
175
175
°C
1 . Tj = 0°C to +125°C, louT = 5 00 mA for R » p a nd K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package. unless otherwise noted.
2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing.
3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package.
4. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|N range.
3 Amp, 5 Volt Positive Regulator
SG123 / SG223 / SG323
Description
The SG123 is a three terminal, three amp, five volt
regulator similar to the LM123 but with a special low
voltage zener instead of the band gap reference. The SG123
has superior load regulation, lower input-output differential
minimums, lower quiescent current, and better temperature
coefficient. The circuit is specified identically to the
LM123 and is pin for pin compatible with that device.
The SG123 uses special processing techniques to achieve
reliable operation at high temperatures and high current
levels for extended periods of time.
The SG123 has been designed for ease of operation as well
as performance. It is completely internally phase
compensated, and requires no external capacitors unless
used with long lead lengths or high speed transients.
The device is protected by thermal shutdown, standard
current limiting, and an instantaneous power limiting
circuit sensitive to high input voltages. In addition, the
power transistor is an upgrade of previous three terminal
designs and is unusually rugged.
Operation is guaranteed over the junction temperature
range of — 55°C to +1 50°C. The SG223 is a similar
device guaranteed to operate from — 25°C to + 150°C.
The SG323 is guaranteed over the junction temperature
range of 0°C to -I 125°C.
Features
• 3A Output Currents
• Full Internal Protection
• 7.0 V Minimum Input Voltage, Typical
• Zener Reference for Top Performance
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
CHIP LAYOUT
TOP VIEW
K-Package
TO-3
tt^ofc&Pif
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Input Voltage
Power Dissipation
Operating Junction Temperature Range
SGI 23
SG223
SG323
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 sec)
20V
Internally Limited
-55°Cto +150°C
-25°Cto +150°C
0°Cto +125°C
-65°Cto + 150°C
300°C
Electrical Characteristics (Note 1)
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
SG123/SG223
SG323
UNITS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Output Voltage
T = 25°C
V = 7.5V, 1 =
4.7
5
5.3
4.8
5
5.2
V
Output Voltage
7.5V < V < 15V
< 1 < 3A, P < 30W
4.6
5.4
4.75
5.25
V
Line Regulation (Note 2)
T = 25°C
7.5V < V < 15V
5
25
5
25
mV
Load Regulation (Note 2)
T = 25°C, V = 7.5V
< 1 < 3A
25
100
25
100
mV
Quiescent Current
7.5V < V < 15V,
< 1 < 3A
12
20
12
20
mA
Short Circuit Current Limit
T = 25°C
V = 15V
V = 7.5V
3
4
4.5
5
3
4
4.5
5
A
A
Long Term Stability
35 1
35
mV
Thermal Resistance Junction
to Case (Note 3)
2
2
°C/W
Note 1: Unless otherwise noted, specifications apply for -55°C < T < + 150°C for the SG123, 25°C < T < f 150°C
for the SG223, and 0° < T < + 125°C for the SG323. Specifications apply for P < 30W. "" ~
Note 2: Load and line regulation are specified with high speed tests in order to separate their effects from temperature
coefficient. Pulse testing is required with a pulse width < 1 ms and a duty cycle < 5%.
Note 3: The junction to ambient thermal resistance of the TO-3 package is about 35°C W.
18
General-Purpose Positive Regulator
SG723/723C
This regulator is designed for use with either positive or negative
supplies as a series, shunt, switching, or floating regulator with currents
up to 150mA. Higher current requirements may be accommodated
through the use of external NPN or PNP power transistors.
• Positive or negative supply operation
• 0.03% line and load regulation
• Output adjustable from 2 to 37V
• Low standby current drain
• 0.002%/°C average temperature variation
PARAMETERS
723 *
723C 1
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +70
OC
Package Types
T*,J
T\J, N
-
Input Voltage Range
9.5 to 50
9.5 to 50
V
Output Voltage Range
2.0 to 37
2.0 to 37
V
Input/Output Differential
3.0 to 38
3.0 to 38
V
Load Regulation '
0.15
0.2
%v out
Line Regulation Vj n = 12 to 40V
0.2
0.5
%V ou t
Ripple Rejection C re f = 5/uF; f = 50Hz to 10KHz
86 (typ)
86 (typ)
dB
Reference Voltage
6.95 - 7.35
6.80 - 7.50
V
Temperature Stability
0.015
0.015
%/oc
Output Noise Voltage C re f = 0; BW = 100Hz to 10KHz
20 (typ)
20 (typ)
MV rms
Standby Current Drain
3.5
4.0
mA
Minimum Load Current
mA
Long Term Stability
0.1 (typ)
0.1 (typ)
%/khr
Parameters apply at T A = +25°C, except temperature stability is over temperature ranges.
Applies for constant junction temperature. Temperature drift effects must be taken into account s
when the unit is operating under conditions of high dissipation.
3 I L = 1 to 50 mA.
•T-package is TO-96 (can height: 240" max., 230" min.)
SG723/723C Chip
(See T-Package for pad functions)
Note: Vz (Pin X) is available only in
J or N-Package
High Current Regulator
External NPN Transistor
l L = 1A
Basic High Voltage Regulator
V out = 7 to 37 volts
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
NC{i
gv.
vz {•
gVREF
vout£
v c £
TOP VIEW I
JorN |
-> NON-INVERTING
!J INPUT
71 INVERTING
?* INPUT
7i CURRENT
il SENSE
FREQ COMP £
Jl CURRENT
J LIMIT
NCO
n
[] NC
VZ available only in
J or N Package
Basic Low Voltage
Regulator
Vout * 2 to 7 volts
19
Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators
SG1501A/2501A/3501A/4501
SG1501A dual tracking regulators are factory set to provide
balanced ±15V outputs, but a single external adjustment can be
used to change both outputs simultaneously. Line regulation of
20 mV and load regulation of 30 mV is guaranteed and, stability,
over temperature, is 1% or less. Provision is made for adjustable
current limiting and operation in excess of 2 amps is feasible with
external transistors.
In the SG1501A, a built-in sensing circuit monitors junction
temperature and' shuts down the regulator above 170°C
eliminating the need for concern about power dissipation under
short circuit conditions. The SG1501A series also offers superior
input/output voltage range and current handling capability (refer
to table of specifications).
• Thermal shutdown protection
• ±35V inputs
• Output current to 200mA
• Output adjustable from ±10V to ±23V
PARAMETERS 1
1501 A
2501 A
3501 A
4501
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +70
to +70
to +70
OC
Package Types
T, J
T.J.N
-
Output Voltage
±14.8/15.2
±14.5/15.5
±14.25/15.75
V
Input Voltage
±35
±30
±30
V
Input/Output Differential
2
2
2
V
Output Voltage Balance
150
300
300
mV
Line Regulation (Vj n = 17 to Vmax^
20
20
20
mV
Load Regulation (lj_ = to 50mA) 5
30
30
30
mV
Output Voltage Range
10 to 23
10 to 23
10 to 23
V
Input Voltage Range (8V out )
10 to 35
10 to 30
12to30 4
V
Ripple Rejection (f - 120Hz)
75 (typ)
75 (typ)
75 (typ)
dB
Temperature Stability
1.0
1.0
1.0
%
Short Circuit Current Limit
60 (typ)
60 (typ)
60 (typ)
mA
Output Noise Voltage
50 (typ)
50 (typ)
50 (typ)
juVrms
Positive Standby Current
4
4
4
mA
Negative Standby Current
5
5
5
mA
Long Term Stability
0.1 (typ)
0.1 (typ)
0.1 (typ)
%/khr
Output Current
200
200
100
mA
Thermal Shutdown Protection
yes
yes
yes
-
All specifications apply to both positive and negative sides of the regulator, either singly or together. Unless otherwise specified
T A = +25°C, V jn = 20V, V out = 15V, l L = 0, Rsc = 0&, CI = C2 = 0.01 mfd, C3 = C4 = 1.0 mfd, voltage adjust pin open
BW = lOOHzto 10kHz
10V output
Over temperature range
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
SG1501A/2501 A/3501 A Chip (See T-package diagram
for pad. functions) Note: Balance Adjust (Pin X) is
available only on D or N package.)
NEG. INPUT V-[s
>] P0S. INPUT V+
NEG. INPUT V-
NC [»
6 1 NC
NEG. OUTPUT /-""TrT'-X POS. INPUT V+
NEG. OUTPUT H
TOP VIEW .
NEG. SENSE /0 Topvitw qW OUTPUT
NEG. SENSE !i
*} P0S. SENSE
package ;
NEG. STAB. \W ^ 7 POS. SENSE
NEG. STAB, i
j] POS. STAB.
\® (3) ®7
VOLT. ADJ>^ ^jL-^POS. STAB.
NC ji
2; BALANCE A0J.
V0LTA0J . k
jl
<: GND
GN0
See Applications Notes for additional information
20
Adjustable Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators
SG1502/2502/3502
This circuit is identical to the SGI 501 series of dual polarity tracking
regulators except that the internal voltage setting resistors are not included
and the current limit inputs have been disconnected from the pass
transistors. While this circuit does require external divider resistors,
maximum versatility is offered in adjusting the output voltage levels, and
additional current-limit inputs ease the application of foldback current
limiting. In all other respects, this circuit performs as the SGI 501.
• Positive and negative output voltages
independently adjustable from 10 to 28V
• Output currents to 100mA
• Line and load regulation of 0.1%
• 1% maximum temperature variation
• Standby current drain only 4mA
• Internal thermal shutdown protection
PARAMETERS*
1502
2502
3502
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +70
to +70
OC
Package Types
jV
J, N
-
Input Voltage Range
±12/30
±12/25
V
Output Voltage Range
±10/28
±10/23
V
Input/Output Differential
2
2
V
Line Regulation (AV in = 10V) 5
0.2
0.2
%V ou t
Load Regulation 0i_ = to 50mA) a
0.3
0.3
%V ou t
Temperature Stability
1.0
1.0
%V ou t
Current Limit Sense Voltage
0.6 (typ)
0.6 (typ)
V
Reference Voltage
6.3/6.6
6.2/6.8
V
Ripple Rejection f = 1 20Hz
75 (typ)
75 (typ)
dB
Output Noise Voltage 2
50 (typ)
50
/tiVrms
Positive Standby Current 3
4
4
mA
Negative Standby Current
5
5
mA
Long Term Stability
0.1 (typ)
0.1 (typ)
%/khr
All specifications apply to both positive and negative sides of the regulator either singly or together. Unless otherwise specified
T A = +25°C, V, n = +20V, V out = +15 V, l L = 0, R sc = 0«, CI = C2 = 0.01 mfd, C3 = C4 = 1.0 mfd.
BW= lOOHztO 10kHz
Divider 1 = 0.5mA
1502 not available in plastic
Over temperature range
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
BASIC REGULATOR CIRCUIT
V|n OUT CL SENSE STAB I BAL GNO
raSITIVE I **"
NEGATIVE |
II OUT CL SENSE STAB I HEF
T«!
t
!?
jS L^-y.J |" |"
!»
NEGATIVE VO- *f™ 2 , POSITIVE V<> - {j} NEGATIVE V
For best temperature performance, the parallel im-
pedance of R1 and R2 should be 6.3 K ohm while
that of R3 and R4 should be 10 K. Increasing the
value of C1 and C2 will reduce the frequency response
while transient response may be improved by increas-
ing C3 and C4. For very low-noise applications, a 4.7
mfd capacitor for Cref may be added. Rsc is selected
such that a sense voltage of 0.6 volts (at Tj = 25°C)
is developed at the maximum load current desired.
NE6. INPUT V-5
3 POS. INPUT v+
NEC OUTPUT (•
•] POS. OUTPUT
CURRENT Si
LIMIT u
NEG. SENSE E
«.«.
71 CURRENT
51 LIMIT
«] POS. SENSE
NEC. STAB. £
3 POS. STAB.
REF. BYPASS £
Ij BALANCE
il ADJUST
VOLTAGE AOiUST^
n
j] GNO
See Applications Notes for additional information
21
Precision Negative Regulator
SG1511 / SG3511
Description
This monolithic voltage regulator is designed for negative
applications as a complement to the popular SG723
positive regulator and has the same high degree of
versatility, and wide range of applications. The SG1511 /
3511 regulator consists of a temperature compensated
reference, error amplifier, series pass transistor,
temperature compensated, low-threshold current limit and
remote shutdown circuitryrThis device by itself will
supply load currents of up to 50mA with higher current
requirements easily accommodated through the use of
external NPN or PNP power transistors.
The SG151 1 is specified to operate over the full military
temperature range of — 55°C to + 125°C while the SG351 1
is designed for commercial applications of 0°C to +70°C.
Features
• Output adjustable from -2 to -37 volts
• Output current to 50mA
• .002% /C average temperature variation
• Temperature compensated current limiting
• .03% line and load regulation
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Input voltage
Input-output voltage differential
Maximum output current
Current from V REF
Power dissipation
Derate above 25 °C
Operating temperature range
Storage temperature range
-40 volts
—40 volts
—50mA
— 5mA
680mW
5.4mW/°C
-55°Cto +125°C
-65°Cto +150°C
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
N.C. (i
N.C. [»
-Voot f«
Current Limit |H
Current Sense fj
Compensation [n
Shutdown |m
TOP VIEW
JorN
Package
H
3 N.C.
i]N.C.
g-v 1N
3v BEF
3 Ground
2] Invert Input
1] Non. Inv. Input
Electrical Characteristics Unless otherwise specified,
T A = 25°C, V in = 12V, V ^-5V, l L = 1mA, R sc = Oil, C = 2200 pf, R S1) =
On.
Parameters
Conditions
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Units
Input Voltage Range
-9.5
40
V
Output Voltage Range
-2.0
37
V
Input-Output Differential
-3.0
38
V
Line Regulation
V„ I = -9to-12V
.01
0.1
% v
V,„ = -12 to -40V
.02
0.2
% v
Load Regulation
l r , = 1 to 20mA
.03
0.1
% v
Ripple Rejection
f ■= 50 Hz to 10 kHz
86
db
Temperature Stability
Over Operating Range
.002
.015
%/°c
Current Limit Sense Voltage
70
mV
Current Limit T c
i0.2
mV/°C
Reference Voltage
. -5.9
-6.2
-6.5
V
Shutdown Resistance (R s „)
2.0
3.0
5.0
K ohm
Standby Current Drain
V iM =-30V
1.5
2.5
mA
Output Noise Voltage
BW = 100Hz to lOKHz
20
MV,, ns
Long Term Stability
0.1
% 1 Khr.
Applications
Basic Negative Voltage Regulator (Fig. 1)
1. For low voltage applications, (V = — 2 to -
Ri -<- R 2
R 3 =
Ri R2
6V):
W7 ^R 7 <500 ilt A, R 4 =oo
2. For high voltage application, (V = —6 to —37V)
m — ^ KEP W* 3 + ^ 4 ) d _ R3 R4
V - p^ - . Rl - R 3 + R 4 . R2-00
3. For constant-current limiting:
r _ 70 mV
n * F ~ l s , (max)
4. If shut-down is not required, set R SD = 0.
Regulator will shut-down when R SD > 5K ohms.
High Current Applications (Fig. 2)
1. Select Ri, R 2 , R3 and R 4 as per basic regulator application.
2. For thermal shutdown, mount thermistor R s „ with close
thermal coupling to the 2N3055 power transistor.
3. R5 and R 6 provide foldback current limiting:
70mV _ 70mV V R 5
R„. ' '-"~ R S( . R S ,,(R5+R 6 )
l.c = -
(Fig. 1)
T
H
T R..
C.L. 1
u
[ «* Y 21
~T.
— *-v
1,
i :r. |r.
(Fig. 2)
&
Regulating Pulse Width Modulator
SG1524 / SG2524 / SG3524
Description
This monolithic integrated circuit contains all the control
circuitry for a regulating power supply inverter or switching
regulator. Included in a 16-pin dual-in-line package is the
voltage reference, error-amplifier, oscillator, pulse width
modulator, pulse steering flip-flop, dual alternating output
switches and current limiting and shut-down circuitry. This
device can be used for switching regulators of either polar-
ity, transformer coupled DC to DC converters, transformer-
less voltage doublers and polarity converters, as well as
other power control applications. The SG1524 is specified
for operation over the full military temperature range of
-55°C to +125°C, while the SG2524 and SG3524 are
designed for commercial applications of 0°C to +70°C.
Features
• Complete PWM power control circuitry
• Single ended or push-pull outputs
• Line and load regulation of 0.2%
• 1% maximum temperature variation
• Total supply current less than 10mA
• Operation beyond 100kHz
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Input Voltage
Output Current (each output)
Reference Output Current
Oscillator Charging Current
40V
100mA
50mA
5mA
Power Dissipation (package limitation)
1000mW
Derate above 25°C
8mW/°C
Operating Temperature Range
SG1524
-55°Cto+125°C
SG2524/SG3524
0°C to +70° C
Storage Temperature Range
-65°Cto+150°C
BLOCK DIAGRAM
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
CHIP LAYOUT
23
Regulating Pulse Width Modulator
SG1524 / SG2524 / SG3524
Electrical Characteristics (Unless otherwise stated, these specifications apply for T A =-55°C to ■»
+70°C for the SG2524 and SG3524, V IN = 20V, and f = 20kHz)
125°C for the SG1524 and 0°C to
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
SG1
524
SG2524
SG3524
UNITS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Reference Section:
4.8
5.0
5.2
4.6
5.0
5.4
V
Output Voltage:
Line Regulation
V, N = 8 to 40 Volts
-
10
20
-
10
30
mV
Load Regulation
l L =0 to 20mA
-
20
50
-
20
50
mV
Ripple Rejection
f = 120Hz,T A =25°C
-
66
-
-
66
-
dB
Short Circuit Current Limit
V REF =0.T A =25°C
-
100
-
-
100
-
mA
Temperature Stability
Over Operating Temperature Range
-
0.3
1
-
0.3
1
%
Long Term Stability
T A =25°C
-
20
-
-
20
-
mV/khr
Oscillator Section:
C T = .001 mfd. R T = 2kS2
300
300
kHz
Maximum Frequency
Initial Accuracy
R T and C T constant
-
5
-
-
5
-
%
Voltage Stability
V, N = 8 to 40 Volts, T A = 25°C
-
-
1
-
-
1
%
Temperature Stability
Over Operating Temperature Range
-
-
2
-
-
2
%
Output Amplitude
Pin 3. T A = 25°C
-
3.5
-
-
3.5
-
V
Output Pulse Width
C T = .01 mfd,T A =25°C
-
0.5
-
-
0.5
-
MS
Error Amplifier Section:
V CM = 2.5 Volts
0.5
5
2
10
mV
Input Offset Voltage
Input Bias Current
V CM = 2.5 Volts
-
2
10
-
2
10
/uA
Open Loop Voltage Gain
72
80
-
60
80
-
dB
Common Mode Voltage
T A =25°C
1.8
-
3.4
1.8
-
3.4
V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
T A =25°C
-
70
-
-
70
-
dB
Small Signal Bandwidth
A v =0vjB.T a =25°C
-
3
-
-
3
-
MHz
Output Voltage
T A =25°C
0.5
-
3.8
0.5
-
3.8
V
Comparator Section:
% Each Output On
45
45
%.
Duty Cycle
Input Threshold
Zero Duty Cycle
-
1
-
-
1
-
V
Input Threshold
Max. Duty Cycle
-
3.5
-
-
3.5
-
V
Input Bias Current
-
1
-
-
1
-
PA
Current Limiting Section:
Pin 9 = 2V with Error Amplifier
Set for Max Out, T A = 25°C
190
200
210
180
200
220
mV
Sense Voltage
Sense Voltage T.C.
-
0.2
-
-
0.2
-
mV/°C
Common Mode Voltage
-1
-
+1
-1
-
+1
V
Output Section: (Each Output)
40
40
V
Collector-Emitter Voltage
Collector Leakage Current
V CE = 40V
-
0.1
50
-
0.1
50
/iA
Saturation Voltage
l c = 50mA
-
1
2
-
1
2
V
Emitter Output Voltage
V IN = 20V
17
18
-
17
18
-
V
Rise Time
R c =2Kohm,T A =25°C
-
0.2
-
-
0.2
-
MS
Fall Time ,
R c =2Kohm,T A =25°C
-
0.1
-
-
0.1
-
MS
Total Standby Current:
V IN =40V
8
10
8
10
mA
(Excluding oscillator charging
current, error and current limit
dividers, and with outputs open)
OPEN LOOP TEST CIRCUIT
SG1524
7 2 19 10 4
A A N.I. A ,nv - A~ JL Shut icur
ORamp Omput Qlnput Q Comp. Down (Tyi
Rt< Cl ~
Regulating Pulse Width Modulator
SG1524 / SG2524 / SG3524
Oscillator
The oscillator in. the SG1524 uses an external resistor (R T )
to establish a constant charging current into an external
capacitor (C T ). While this uses more current than a series
connected RC, it provides a linear ramp voltage on the
capacitor which is also used as a reference for the compara-
tor. The charging current is equal to 3.6V -r R T and should
be kept within the range of approximately 30 juA to 2 mA,
i.e., 1 .8k < R T < 100k. The range of values for C T also has
limits as the discharge time of C T determines the pulse
width of the oscillator output pulse. This pulse is used
(among other things) as a blanking pulse to both outputs
to insure that there is no possibility of having both outputs
on simultaneously during transitions. This output dead
time relationship is shown in Figure 1. A pulse width below
approximately 0.5 microseconds may allow false triggering
of one output by removing the blanking pulse prior to the
flip-flop's reaching a stable state. If small values of C T
must be used, the pulse width may still be expanded by
adding a shunt capacitance (« 100 pf) to ground at the
oscillator output. (Note: Although the oscillator output is
a convenient oscilloscope sync input, the cable and input
capacitance may increase the blanking pulse width slightly.)
Obviously, the upper limit to the pulse width is determined
by the maximum duty cycle acceptable. Practical values of
C T fall between .001 and 1.0 mfd.
The use of Figure 2 will allow selection of Rj and C-r
for a wide range of operating frequencies. Note that for
series regulator applications, the two outputs can be con-
nected in parallel for an effective - 90% duty cycle and
the frequency of the oscillator is the frequency of the out-
put. For push-pull applications, the outputs are separated
and the flip-flop divides the frequency such that each
output's duty cycle is - 45% and the overall frequency is
Va that of the oscillator.
If it is desired to synchronize the SG 1524 to an external
clock, a pulse of « + 3 volts may be applied to the oscilla-
tor output terminal with R T C T set slightly greater than
the clock period. The same considerations of pulse width
apply. The impedance to ground at this point is approxi-
mately 2k ohms.
If two or more SG1524's must be synchronized together,
the easiest method is to interconnect all pin 3 terminals,
tie all pin 7's together and to a single C-r, leave all pin 6's
open except one which is connected to a single Rj.
The oscillator period is approximately t = R T C T where t is
in microseconds whenR T = ohms andC T = microfarads.
i 5
| 5
§ 3
» 2
i
i
§ °- 5
FIGL
.001 .002 .005 .01 .02 .05
TIMING CAPACITOR VALUE (C T ) - MICROFARADS
J RE 1. Output stage dead time as a function
of the timing capacitor value.
100
| 50
1 20
^V
^T2
*-3
\$r*$f*X t/
i»
Hr
*jr *£
r ^
°y *&
o s
i
2
' J
1
2
o s
1
M 21
DO 9
00 1
OSCILLATOR PERIOD - MICROSECONDS
FIGURE 2. Oscillator period as a function of Rj and Cj.
25
Regulating Pulse Width Modulator
SG1524 / SG2524 / SG3524
Current Limiting
The current limiting circuitry of the SG1524 is shown in
Figure 3.
By matching the base-emitter voltages of Q1 and Q2, and
assuming negligible voltage drop across R-,,
Threshold = V BE (Q1) + I, R 2 - V BE (Q2) = h R 2
»200mV
Although this curcuit provides a relatively small threshold
with a negligible temperature coefficient, there are some
limitations to its use, the most important of which is the
±1 volt common mode range which requires sensing in the
ground line, Another factor to consider is that the frequency
compensation provided by R-jC-, and Q1 provides a roll-
off pole at approximately 300 Hertz.
Since the gain of this circuit is relatively low, there is a
transition region as the current limit amplifier takes over
pulse width control from the error amplifier. For testing
purposes, threshold is defined as the input voltage to get
25% duty cycle with the error amplifier signaling maximum
duty cycle.
If this current limit circuitry is unused, pins 4 and 5 should
both be grounded.
In this conventional single-ended regulator circuit, the two outputs of
the SGI 524 are connected in parallel for effective - 90% duty -cycle
modulation. The use of an output inductor requires and R-C phase
compensation network for loop stability.
Push-pull outputs are used in this transformer-coupled DC-DC regu-
lating converter. Note that the oscillator" must be set at twice the
desired output frequency as the SG1524's internal flip-flop divides the
frequency by 2 as it switches the P.W.M. signal from one output to the
other. Current limiting is done here in the primary so that the pulse
width will be reduced should transformer saturation occur.
26
Precision General-Purpose Regulator
SG1532 / SG2532 / SG3532
DESCRIPTION
This monolithic integrated circuit is a versatile, general-
purpose voltage regulator designed as a substantially improved
replacement for the popular SG723 device. The SG1532 series
regulators retain all the versatility of the SG723 but have the
added benefits of operation with input voltages as low as 4.5
volts and as high as 50 volts; a low noise, low voltage refer-
ence; temperature compensated, low threshold current limit-
ing; and orotective circuits which include thermal shutdown
and independent current limiting of both the reference and
output voltages. Also included is a separate remote shutdown
terminal and - in the dual-in-line package - open collector
outputs for low input-output differential applications.
These devices are available in both hermetic 14-pin cerdip DIL
and 10-pin TO-96 packages. In the T-package, these units
are interchangeable with the LAS-1000 and LAS- 1 100
regulators. The SGI 532 is rated for operation over the tem-
perature range of -55<>C to +125QC while the SG2532 and
SG3532 are intended for industrial applications of 0°C to
+70OC.
FEATURES:
• Input voltage range of 4.5 to 50 volts
• 2.5 volt low noise reference
• Independent shutdown terminal
• Improved line and load regulation
• 80 mV current limit sense voltage
• Fully protected including thermal shutdown
• Useful output current to 150 mA
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS:
CONNECTION
DIAGRAMS
TOP VIEWS
CURRENT LIMIT
CURRENT SENSE
T-Package (TO-9i
SHUTDOWN
8
7
Vz
9
6
V 0UT
10
5
v c
11
4
v+
12
3
FREQ. COMP
13
2
N.C.
H r
I '
V REF
N.I. INPUT
INV. INPUT
CURRENT SENSE
CURRENT LIMIT
N.C.
J-Package (TO-116)
Input Voltage
SG 1532/2532
SG3532
Output Current
Reference Current
Zener current (J-package only)
Storage Temperature Range
Power Dissipation
T-Package (TO-96)
Derate Above 25°C
J-Package (TO-116)
Derate Above 25°C
Operating Temperature Range
SG1532
SG2532.and SG3532
50 Volts
40 Volts
250 mA
25 mA
25 mA
-65OCto+150OC
800 mW
6.4 mW/0C
1000mW
8mW/0C
-55QCto+125oC
QOC to +70OC
SIMPLIFIED SCHEMATIC
is numbered for J-Package — T-Package numbers in parenthesis
| ® VC
-©COMP
January 1978
27
Data subject to change without notice.
Precision General-Purpose Regulator
SG1532 / SG2532 / SG3532
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2)
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
SG1532/2532
SG3532
UNITS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Input Voltage
Ta = 250C
4.5
-
50
4.5
-
40
Volts
Input Voltage
Over Temperature Range
4.7
-
50
4.7
-
40
Volts
Output Voltage
2.0
-
38
2.0
-
38
Volts
Max Output Current
Rsc = 0, Vo = 0, T A = 250c
-
175
250
-
175
250
mA
Min(V||\|-Vo)
IO=100mA,TA = 25oc
-
1.7
2.0
-
1.7
2.0
Volts
Reference Voltage
Ta = 250C
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.40
2.50
2.60
Volts
Reference Voltage
Over Temperature Range
2.35
-
2.65
2.35
.r-
2.65
Volts
Temperature Stability
—
.005
.015
—
.605
.015
%/0C
Ref Short Ckt Current
VREF = / T A = 25OC
—
15
25
—
15
25
mA
Line Regulation
8V<V|N<40V
—
.005
.01
-
.005
.02
%/V
Line Regulation
8V< V|N<20V / lo = 25mA
-
.01
.02
-
.01
.03
%/V
Load Regulation
1 mA< lo< 25 mA
-
.002
.004
-
.002
.004
%/mA
Load Regulation
1 mA< lo< 100 mA
-
.002
.005
-
.002
.005
%/mA
Current Limit
Sense Voltage
RSC= 100ft, Vo =
.06
.08
.10
.06
.08
.10
Volts
Shutdown Voltage
Threshold
.40
.70
1.0
.40
.70
1.0
Volts
Shutdown Source
Current
Vo = high
100
200
300
100
200
300
MA
Zener Voltage
J-Package only
6.0
6.4
7.0
6.0
6.4
7.0
Volts
Standby Current
V|N = 40V
-
2.5
3.5
-
2.5
3.5
mA
Error Amplifier
Offset Voltage
2.0
10
2.0
15
mV
Error Amplifier
Input Bias Current
_
4
15
_
4
20
//A
Open Loop Gain
Ta = 250C
66
68
72
60
68
72
dB
Ripple Rejection
f= 120Hz, Ta = 250C
-
66
-
-
66
-
dB
Output Noise
10Hz < f < 100kHz, Ta = 250C
-
50
-
-
50
-
JuVrms
Long Term Stability
V|N = 30V,Ta= 1250C
-
0.3
1.0
-
0.3
1.0
%/kHr
Thermal Shutdown
-
175
-
-
175
-
OC
Note 1 : Unless otherwise specified, V||\| = 10V, Vo - 5V, Ifj :
Note 2: All regulation specifications are measured at constant
pulse test.
= 1 mA, Ta -" specified operating range,
junction temperature using low duty-cycle
Irnxnl j-package
/p-lr"
PACKAGE
CONFIGURATION
oat
0.220
IH-JL
T-PACKAGE
Ik (TO-96)
28
Precision General-Purpose Regulator
SG1532 / SG2532 / SG3532
STANDBY CURRENT
3
Tj = 125QC
2
/
/,
Tj = 250C
///
Tj = -55oc
1
20 30 40
Input Voltage - V
MINIMUM INPUT — OUTPUT VOLTAGE
I,s
Vo = 5V
RSC =
AVo = 100 mV
V+ toVo
Vc to Vo
Tj = -55QC
TJ = 25QC_
■H^ffS-
IijjS--
***&2-- ---
- — zzz
20 40 60 80 100
Load Current — mA
8 -4
CURRENT LIMITING
RIPPLE REJECTION
V|N =
Vo =
10V
5V
RSC
= 10U
tj
tj
= 125QC -
= 25oc -
vA
Tj
= -55QC —
-0
00
i -20
.2
S
'ST
CC
"5. -40
a
£
-60
V|M =
Vo =
I L =1
c c =
Tj = 2
10V
5V
1000 PF
50C
-80
20 40 60 80 100
Current Limit Sense Voltage - mV
Frequency — Hertz
FREQUENCY RESPONSE
TRANSIENT RESPONSE
80
1
V|N = 10V
Vo = 5V
*~^<s
40
^>
s Open Loop Gain ^S
\ |cc = o->
^ Cc = 1000 PF
l L =1r
nA
180
„ Pha
>e Angle
Cc = 0=-
^
^ X s
V
V
y- CC = 100(
PF >,
^'"
280
X^
f +50
O
|
Line Responsi
s
ft
I AV|N = 3V
' V|N = 10V, Vo = 5V
lL=1mA, Cc= 1000 PF
Tj = 250C, RsC =
\^ Load Response
AlL=10mA
/
'
1k 10k 100k 1M
Frequency — Hertz
> 10 15
Time — Microseconds
29
Precision General-Purpose Regulator
SG1532 / SG2532 / SG3532
APPLICATIONS
BASIC LOW CURRENT REGULATOR
v+
Vref
N.I.
S.D.
V-
vo
v z
C.L.
C.S.
INV
COMP
-1
; RSC
:ri
1
i
~1 ]
> R 2
GND — -
Vo- Vref (1*51)
R3 = Rl + R 2
ISC
Sense Voltage
RSC
Cc=1000PF
iQto 100 mA
HIGH CURRENT REGULATOR WITH FOLDBACK
CURRENT LIMITING AND REMOTE SHUTDOWN
+V| N -
R3 T
v c
v+
vref
n.i.
S.D.
V-
vo
vz
C.L.
C.S.
INV
COMP
"*^<
I
R4
■f VA — >
Rsc
.05n
Ri
5ion:
cc T
PF I
K R2<
510O
CO
4=100
MFD
Output Voltage = 5V Ljne Reg 10 - 30V = 3 mV
Max Output Current = 8A Load Reg - 5A = 17 mV
Min Vim at No Load = 6.9V Short Circujt Current = 1-8A
MinV|Nat5A = 8.2V
HIGH EFFICIENCY, LOW VOLTAGE REGULATOR
^ 2N6050
"I
:\M
;
vc
v+
vref
n.i.
S.D.
V-
vo
vz
C.L.
C.S.
INV.
COMP
R3^
40QS
2
RSC <
.01Q i
R1 <
5100^
■ + J
Co
-100
MFD
«
— I R2 :
510Q<
ic c
1000 PF
GND
90% EFFICIENT LINEAR REGULATOR
High /3 PNP
Output Voltage = 5V
Max Output Current = 9A
Min V|N at 5A = 7.0V
Line Reg 7- 20V = 10 mV
Load Reg - 5A = 25 mV
Constant Current Limiting
Output Voltage = 5V (Note 1)
Max Output Current = 3A (Note 2)
Min(V||\|-Vo>at2A = 0.4V
Line Reg 6- 30V = 10 mV
Load Reg - 2A = 20 mV
GND
Notes:
1. For output voltages above 8 volts and load currents
which allow PNP base current to be limited to 25 mA,
the internal zener may be used, eliminating the need
for the two external diodes and the divider on VreF-
2. Rsc can De eliminated if the 200 mA current limit
on Vo is adequate. Overall current limiting is depen-
dent upon PNP 0. For greater accuracy, load current
may be sensed in the ground line.
30
Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulator
SG1568/1468
SGI 568/1468 is a duat polarity tracking regulator designed to provide balanced positive and negative output voltages at currents to 100mA. The
device is set internally for ±15V outputs but a single external adjustment can be used to change both outputs simultaneously from 14.5 to 20 volts.
Input voltages up to ±30 volts can be used and there is provision for adjustable current limiting.
• Outputs balanced to within 1% (SG1568)
• Line and load regulation of 0.06%
• 1% maximum output variation due to temperature changes
• Standby current drain of 3.0mA
• Remote sensing provisions
PARAMETERS*
SG1568
SG1468
UNIT
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +75
oc
Package Types
T,J
T,J,N
-
Peak Load Current
100
mA
Storage Junction Temp Range
-65 to +175
oc
Output Voltage
14.8/15.2
14.5/15.5
V
Input Voltage
30
30
V
Input-Output Voltage Differential
2.0
2.0
V
Output Voltage Balance
±150
±300
mV
Line Regulation Voltage
(V jn = 18V to 30V)
n"low ! toT nlgh 2 )
10
20
10
20
mV
Load Regulation Voltage
(l|_ = to 50 mA, Tj = constant)
< T A = T|ow to T high>
10
30
10
30
mV
Output Voltage Range
14.5/20
14.5/20
V
Ripple Rejection (f = 120Hz)
75 (typ)
75 (typ)
dB
Output Voltage Temperature Stability
(T, ow toT n j gn )
1.0
1.0
%
Short-Circuit Current Limit
(RSC ~ 1° ohms)
60 (typ)
60 (typ)
mA
Output Noise Voltage
(BW = 100Hz - 10kHz)
100 (typ)
100 (typ)
juV(rms)
Positive Standby Current
(V jn = +30V)
4.0
4.0
mA
Negative Standby Current
(V ln = -30V)
3.0
3.0
mA
Long-Term Stability
0.2 (typ)
0.2 (typ)
%/kHr
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
(VCC = +20 V, V EE = — 20V, CI = C2 = 1500 pF, C3 = C4
l|_ + = l(_" = 0, T c = +25°C unless otherwise noted.)
! T| OW = OOC for 1468 2
= —55°C for 1568
■ 1.0 HF, R SC + = R sc ~ = 4.0ft,
•high
= +75° C for 1468
NEG. INPUT V- (l
i]. POS. INPUT V+
NCE
*\ NC
NEG. OUTPUT £
NEG. SENSE |t
NEG. COMP fi
Top View ,
JorN
Package
s] POS. OUTPUT
*} POS. SENSE
3] POS. COMP
NC £
i] BALANCE ADJ.
VOLT ADJ. £
n
T]gno
SG1568/1468 Chip (See J-Packqge
diagram for pad functions)
= +125°C for 1568
±1 .5 Amp Regulator
(Short Circuit Protected,
with Proper Heatsinking)
Basic 50 mA Regulator
♦v*
- V i„
;«sc*
GND
»wj
-;
1]
^
, I.0.F
I0»F ,
C1 and C2 should be located as close
to the device as possible. A 0.1 uF
ceramic capacitor may be required on
the input lines if the device is located
an appreciable distance from the
rectifier filter capacitors.
C3 and C4 may be increased to
improve load transient response and to
reduce the output noise voltage. At low
temperature operation it may be
necessary to bypass C4 with a 0.1//F
ceramic disc capacitor.
•TO
Ji
See Applications Notes for additional information.
31
Dual Tracking Voltage Regulator
SG4194
DESCRIPTION
The SG4194 is a dual polarity tracking regulator
designed to provide balanced or unbalanced output
voltages at currents up to 200 mA. Both output
voltages may be programmed between the limits of
±100 mV and ±42 volts by a single resistor. A balance
terminal allows adjustment for non-symmetrical
positive and negative output voltages.
This device is designed for ease of application with a
minimal number of external components. In addition,
internal current limiting and thermal shutdown
provide full overload protection.
The SG4194 regulator is available in two package
types to meet a wide range of dissipation requirements.
The R (TO-66) power package is rated at 3W at
Ta = 25oC, while the J (TQ-116) 14-pin ceramic
DIP will dissipate 1W at Ta = 25QC.
Balanced Output Voltage -
4.7^ F -vs=-15
RO<kn) = 2.5Vout
Unbalanced Output Voltage —
Adjust RO for -VS = -6V (15KS2 ) then
itR3for+VS = +12V(20Kft)
• Simultaneously adjustable outputs with one
resistor to ±42V
• Load current ±200mA
• Internal thermal shutdown at T= 175°C
• Provision for ±V unbalancing
• 3W power dissipation
• .2% load regulation
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Input Voltage ±V to Ground SG4194 : ±45V
SG4194C: ±35V
Input-Output Voltage Differential SG4194: ±45V
SG4194C: ±35 V
Power Dissipation at TA = 25°C
J Package LOW
Derate above 25°C 8 mW/°C
R Package 3.0W
Derate above 250C 24 mW/OQ
Load Current
J Package 1 50 mA
R Package 250 mA
Operation Junction Temperature Range
SG4194 -550C to +150°C
SG4194C 0OCto+125QC
Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +150°C
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10s) +300°C
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
"J" Dual In-Line Package
(TOP VIEW)
SG4194J
SG4194CJ
"R" (TO-66) Package
(TOP VIEW)
SG4194 R
SG4194CR
R -Package
Pin Numbers
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
SG4194
SG4194C
UNITS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Line Regulation
AVin = 0.1Vin
0.02
0.1
0.02
0.1
% Vout
Load Regulation
4194R: IL=1 to 200 mA
4194J: IL= 1 to 100mA
0.001
0.002
0.001
0.004
% Vo /mA
TC of Output Voltage
0.002
0.015
0.003
0.015
%/°c
Stand-By Current Drain
(NoteD
Vin = Vmax. Vo = 0V
+0.3
+1,0
+0.3
+1.5
mA
Vin = Vmax,V o = 0V
-1.2
-2.0
-1.2
-3.0
Input Voltage Range
±9.5
±45
±9.5
±35
V
Output Voltage Scale Factor
Rset = 71.5K,Tj = 25°C
2.45
2.5
2.55
2.38
2.5
2.62
Kft/V
Output Voltage Range
Rset = 71.5K
0.10
±42
0.10
±32
V
Output Voltage Tracking
1.0
2.0
%
Ripple Rejection
f = 1 20Hz, Tj = 25°C
70
70
dB
Input-Output Voltage
Differential
I l = 50mA
3.0
3.0
V
Output Short Circuit Current
Vin = ±30V Max
300
300
mA
Output Noise Voltage
Cl_ = 4.7jUF,V = ±15V
f = 10Hzto 100kHz
250
250
JUVRMS
Internal Thermal Shutdown
175
175
°c
Note 1 : ±l Quiescent wi " increase by 50/iA/V out on positive side and 100jUA/V out on negative side.
32
Voltage Regulators
SG7800 / 140/ 340 Series ^ 3-Terminal Positive Regulators
The SG7800/1 40/340 series of voltage regulators are monolithic
integrated circuits designed to provide fixed output voltages at currents
in exccess of one amp. These devices feature self-contained protective
features which make them essentially blow-out proof. These consist of
peak current limiting, safe-area control, and thermal shutdown for
protection against excessive power dissipation.
In addition to providing fixed voltages by themselves, these
regulators can be used with external components for adjustable outputs
and are available in TO-220 as well as hermetically sealed TO-39, TO-66
and TO-3 power packages.
• Output current in excess of one amp
• Internal thermal shutdown protection
• Self-contained foldback current limiting
• Hermetically sealed steel power package
Input voltage
Power dissipation (Note 1)
Storage temperature range
Operating junction temperature range
SG7800 series
SG7800C series
SG140 series
SG240 series
SG340 series
Lead temperature (soldering, 10 sec.)
+35V, except +40 for SG7824
Internally limited
-65° to +150° C
0to+150°C
to +125°C
-55°Cto+150°C
0to+150°C
0to+125°C
+300° C
SG7800/ SERIES SUMMARY
Part No.
SG7805/7805C, SG 140-05/340-05
SG7806/7806C, SG 140-06/340-06
SG7808/7808C, SG 140-08/340-08
SG7812/7812C, SG 140- 12/340- 12
SG7815/7815C, SG 140- 15/340- 15
SG7818/7818C, SG 140- 18/340- 18
SG7824/7824C, SG 140-24/340-24
Description
Positive 5- Volt Regulator
Positive 6-Volt Regulator
Positive 8- Volt Regulator
Positive 12- Volt Regulator
Positive 15- Volt Regulator
Positive 18- Volt Regulator
Positive 24- Volt Regulator
Tab
F°l
PACKAGES
P-Package
TO-220
FRONT VIEW
1 — Input
2 - Output
3 — Ground
Tab — Ground
T-Package
TO-39
TOP VIEWS
APPLICATIONS
Fixed Output Regulator
f T_
SG7800/140
T
= o.ipf
NOTES:
+ Increasing value of output capacitor increases system transient response.
++ Required only if regulator is located an appreciable distance from power supply filter.
Circuit for Increasing Output Voltage
I'
x
vo=v X x(i + py) + iqR2
High Input Current, Short Circuit Protected
R SC \ / 2N4398
SG7800/140
T
33
7800/140 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2)
DEVICE TYPE
7805
140-05
7806
140-06
7808
140-08
7812
140-12
7815
140-15
7818
140-18
7824
140-24
Units
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
5
6
8
12
15
18
24
Volts
INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted)
10
11
14
19
23
27
33
Volts
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Output Voltage
Tj = 25C-C
4.8
5.2
5.75
6.25
7.7
8.3
f1.5
12.5
14.4
15.6
17.3
18.7
23.0
25.0
Volts
Line Regulation
(Note 4)
Tj = 250C
5 50
(7V<V| N <25V)
6 60
(8V<V| N <25V)
8
(10.5V <V| N
80
<25V)
12 120
(14.5V <V|M<30V)
15 150
(17.5V <V|N<30V)
20 180
( 21V<V|(vi<33V)
25 240
(27V<V|n<38V)
mV
Line Regulation
(Note 4)
Tj = 25<>C
(8V«
1
5 | 25
SV| N <12V)
I 6 I 30
(9V<V| N <13V)
J 8 I 40
(11V<V| N <17V)
I 12 I 60
(16V<Vj N <22V)
I 15 I 75
(20V<V| N <26V)
1 20 1 90
(24V <V| N <30V)
1 25 1 120
(30V <V, N <36V)
mV
Load Regulation
J R, K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 250C
6mA<l < 1.5A
5 mA < \q < 500 mA
15
5
50
25
20
6
60
30
24
7
80
40
28
8
120
60
30
10
150
75
40
12
180
90
50
16
240
120
mV
mV
Load Regulation
J R, K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
250 mA <l <750 mA
100mA<l <250mA
15
5
25
15
20
6
30
15
24
7
40
20
28
8
60
30
30
10
75
40
40
12
90
45
50
16
120
60
mV
mV
Total Output
Voltage Tolerance
AIq Range
K-Pkg: 5 mA <Iq <10A, P <20W
T-Pkg: 5 mA*< l <200 mA, P <2W
R-Pkg: 5mA<l <1.0A P<15W
4.75
(8V«
*V|N<
5.25
20V)
5.7
(9V«
;v, N <
6.3
21V)
7.6 8.4
(11.5V <I <23V)
11.4 12.6
(15.5V <V )N <27V)
14.25
(18.5V <V tN
15.75
^30V)
17.1 18.9
(22V<V| N <33V)
22.8 25.2
(28V<V|(\j<38V)
Volts
Quiescent Current
Tj = 25°C
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
mA
AV|n Range
Tj = -55°Cto+150°C
(8V«
%V|N<
25V)
(9V«
SV| N <
25V)
(11.5V
<v, N «
^25 V)
(15V
s;v, N <
30V)
(18.5V
<v, N
<30V)
(22V<V| N <33V)
(28V<V| N <38V)
Quiescent Current
Change
Over Line Regulation Ranga
Over Load Reflation Range
1.3
0.5
1.3
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
mA
mA
Long Term Stability
1000 hours at Tj = 125°C
20
24
32
48
60
72
96
mV
Temperature Coefficient
lO = 5 mA
-0.5
-0.5
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
-1.2
-1.5
mV/oc
Ripple Rejection
f = 120 Hz, AV| N = 10V
78
75
72
71
70
69
66
dB
Output Noise Voltage
Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz < f < 100 kHz
40
45
52
75
90
110
170
jUVrms
Oropout Voltage
Tj = 25°C, l = 1.0A (K-Pkg.only)
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Volts
Short Circuit Current
Tj = 25°C (Note5>
2.1
2.0
1.8
1.5
1.3
1.0
0.7
Amps
Peak Output Current
Tj = 25°C
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.2
2.2
2.2
Amps
Thermal Shutdown
Iq = 5 mA
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
°C
1. Tj = -55°C to +150°C, louT = 500 mA for R, K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise noted.
2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing.
3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package.
4. AV|n min. @ -55°C must maintain an input/output differential of 2.5V.
5. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|M range.
7800C/340 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2)
DEVICE TYPE
7805C
340-05
7806C
340-06
7808C
340-08
7812C
340-12
781 5C
340-15
7818C
340-18
7824C
340-24
Units
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
5
6
8
12
15
18
24
Volts
INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted)
10
11
14
19
23
27
33
Volts
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Output Voltage
Tj = 25°C
4.8
5.2
5.75
6.25
7.7
8.3
11.5
12.5
14.4
15.6
17.3
18.7
23.0
25.0
Volts
Line Regulation
Tj = 25°C
5 100
(7V<V| N <25V)
6 120
(8V<V| N <25V)
8 160
(10.5V <V|N< 25V)
12
(14.5V <V| N
240
<30V)
15
(17.5V<V| N
300
<30V)
20 360
(21V<V| N <33V)
25 480
(27V<V| N <38V)
mV
Line Regulation
Tj = 250C
(8V^
;V| N <12V)
I 6 I 60
(9V<V| N <13V)
I 8 I 80
(11V<V| N <17V)
I 12 I 120
(16V<V| N ^2V)
I 15 I 150
(20V<V| N <26V)
I 20 I 1 80
(24V<V| N <30V)
I 25 I 240
(30V<V|N<36V)
mV
Load Regulation
P, R, K-Package .
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
5 mA < l < 1.5A
5mA < l Q < 500mA
15
5
100
50
20
6
120
60
24
7
160
80
28
8
240
120
30
10
300
150
40
12
360
180
50
16
480
240
mV
mV
Load Regulation
P, R, K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
250 mA <l <750 mA
100mA<l o <250mA
15
5
50
25
20
6
60
30
24
7
80
40
28
8
120
60
30
10
150
75
40
12
180
90
50
16
240
120
mV
mV
Total Output
Voltage Tolerance
Alo Range
K-Pkg: 5 mA <l O <1-0A, P<20W
T-Pkg. 5mA<l O <200mA,P<2W
P, R-Pkg: 5mA<l Q <1 .0A P <1 5W
4.75
(7V<
V| N <2
5.25
0V)
5.7 6.3
(8V<V !N <21V)
7.6
(10.5V <V| N
8.4
<23V)
11.4 ■ 12.6
(14.5<V| N <27V)I
14.25
(17.5V <V| N
15.75
<30V)
17.1 18.9
(21V<V IN <33V)
22.8 25.2
(27V <V| N <38V)
Volts
Quiescent Current
Tj = 25°C
4
8.0
4
8.0
4
8.0
4
8.0
4
8.0
4
8.0
4
8.0
mA
AV|n Range
Tj = 0°C to +1 25°C
<7V«
*V| N <
25V)
(8V<
= V| N <
25V)
(10.5V
<V, N
<25V)
(14.5V
<V !N
<30V)
(17.5V <V||\|<30V)
(21V<V| N <33V)
(27V<V| N <38V)
Quiescent Current
Change
With Line AV|n Range
With Load Alo Range
1.3
0.5
1.3
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
mA
mA
Long Term Stability
1000 hours at Tj = 125°C
20
24
32
48
60
72
96
mV
Temperature Coefficient
lO = 5 mA
-0.5
-0.5
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
-1.2
-1.5
mV/OQ
Ripple Rejection
f = 120 Hz, AV| N = 10V
78
75
72
71
70
69
66
dB
Output Noise Voltage
Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz < f < 100 kHz
40
45
52
75'
90
110
170
jUVrms
Dropout Voltage
Tj = 25°C, lo = 1.0A (K-Pkg. only)
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Volts
Short Circuit Current
Tj = 25°C (Note 4)
2.1
2.0
1.8
1.5
1.3
1.0
0.7
Amps
Peak Output Current
Tj = 25°C
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.2
2.2
2.2
Amps
Thermal Shutdown
Iq = 5 mA
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
°C
1. Tj =0°Cto+125°C,
2. All regulation tests are
'OUT = 500 mA for P, R, K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, i
made at constant junction temperature with low duty -cycle pulse
jnless otherwise n
testing.
3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package.
4. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|n range.
Precision Positive Fixed Voltage Regulators
SG7800A / SG7800AC
The SG7800A and SG7800AC series ot voltage regulators are
monolithic integrated circuits designed to provide fixed output voltages
at currents in excess of one amp. These units feature a unique on-chip
trimming system to set the output voltage to within ±1 .5% of nominal. In
addition, improvements in input voltage capability and line and load
regulation have made these devices substantially superior while being
completely interchangeable with the standard SG7800, SG140 and
SG340 series devices.
All protective features of thermal shutdown, current limiting, and
safe-area control have been designed into these units with added
reliability offered by the hermetically sealed TO-39, TO-66 and TO-3
power packages. The commerical grade is also available in TO- 220
package.
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS:
Input voltage
Power dissipation (Note 1)
Operating Junction temperature range
SG7800A series
SG7800AC series
Storage temperature range
Lead temperature (soldering, 10 sec)
50 volts
Internally limited
-55° C to +150° C
0°Cto+125°C
-65°Cto+150°C
300° C
1 Output voltage set to within ±1.5% tolerance
1 Input voltage range to 50 volts max
1 Output current to 1.5 amp
Improved line and load regulation
Complete self-contained protective features
' Hermetically sealed steel power package
APPLICATIONS
ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR. 7 TO 30 VOLTS
CURRENT REGULATOR
t
rp0.33*F 3
n.
CIRCUIT FOR INCREASING OUTPUT VOLTAGE
INPUT
OUTPUT CURRENT •-
FIXED OUTPUT REGULATOR
/ FS2\
•V xx (l--)-. R2
OUAL POLARITY. TRIMMED SUPPLV
IT CURRENT. SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTED
1N4720
1N4720
1.0 nF
-15.0V
o
INPUT
R1 '
3n J
|2N6124
I, 2N4398
2
SG78XXA
OUTPUT
0.33 _
«F ~
3
:o.i«f
THIS CIRCUIT WILL ALLOW EACH OUTPUT TO BE ADJUSTED APPROXIMATELY
*1 VOLT AROUND ITS NOMINAL VALUE. OTHER VOLTAGES MAY BE
ACCOMMODATED 8V MERELY CHANGING THE CIRCUIT VALUES AND/OR
REGULATORS.
PACKAGES
P-Package
TO-220
Front
View
1 — Input
2 - Output
3 — Ground,
Tab - Ground
J°l
A
\
K-Package
TO-3
TOP VIEWS
T-Package
TO-39
36
7800A ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See
Motes 1 & 2)
DEVICE TYPE
7805A
7806A
7808A
7812A
7815A
7818A
7824A
Units
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
5
6
8
12
15
18
24
Volts
INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted)
10
11
14
19
23
27
33
Volts
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Output Voltage
Tj = 25°C
4.9
5.1
5.9
6.1
7.85
8.15
11.8
12.2
14.8
15.2
17.7
18.3
23.6
24.4
Volts
Line Regulation
(Note 4)
Tj = 25°C
5
(7V<V| N <
25
25 V)
6
(8V<V| N <
30
25V)
8
(10.5V <V| N
40
<25V)
12 60
(14.5V <V| N <30V)
15 75
(17.5V <V| N <30V)
20 90
( 21V<V| N <33V)
25 120
(27V<V| N <38V)
mV
Line Regulation
(Note 4)
Tj = 25°C
(8V^
5 I 12
SV| N <12V)
I 6 I 15
(9V<V|N<13V)
I 8 I 20
(11V<V| N <17V)
I 12 I 30
(16V<V iN <22V)
I I
I 15 I 40
(20V <V| N <26V)
I 20 I 45
(20V<V| N <30V)
I 25 I 60
(30V<V| N <36V)
mV
Load Regulation
R, K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
5 mA < l < 1.5A
5 mA < lo < 500 mA
15
5
50
25
20
6
60
30
24
7
70
35
28
8
80
40
30
10
100
50
40
12
120
60
50
16
160
80
mV
mV
Load Regulation
R, K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
250 mA'<lQ <750 mA
100mA<lo<250mA
15
5
25
12
20
6
30
'15
24
7
35
17
28
8
40
20
30
10
50
25
40
12
60
30
50
16
80
40
mV
mV
Total Output
Voltage Tolerance
Alo Range
K-Pkg: 5 mA <Iq <1.0A, P <20W
T-Pkg: 5 mA < lo <200 mA, P <2W
R-Pkg: 5 mA <l <1 -0A P <1 5W
4.8
(8V«
SV| N <
5.2
20 V)
5.8 6.2
<9V<V|N<21V)
7.75
(11.5V <V| N
8.25
03V)
11.7 12.3
(15.5V <V| N <27V)
14.6
(18.5V <V| N
15.4
^30V)
17.5 18.5
(22V<V| N <33V)
23.3 24.7
(28V<V| N <38V)
Volts
Quiescent Current
Tj = 25°C
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
mA
AV||\j Range
Tj = -55°Cto+150°C
(8V«
SV||Nj<
25V)
(9V«
*v, N <
25V)
(11.5V
<V, N
05V)
(15V
<V iN <
-30V)
(18.5V <V | N
<30V)
(22V <V tN <33V)
(28V <V| N <38V)
Quiescent Current
Change
With Line AV|n Range
With Load AIq Range
1.3
0.5
1.3
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
mA
mA
Long Term Stability
1000 hours at Tj = 125°C
20
24
32
48
60
72
96
mV
Temperature Coefficient
\q = 5 mA
-0.5
-0.5
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
-1.2
-1.5
mV/°C
Ripple Rejection
f = 120 Hz, AV|N = 10V
78
75
72
71
70
69
66
dB
Output Noise Voltage
Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz < f < 100 kHz
40
45
52
75
90
110
170
/1V rms
Dropout Voltage
Tj = 25°C, lo = 1 0A (K-Pkg. only)
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Volts
Short Circuit Current
Tj = 25°C (Note 5)
2.1
2.0
1.8
1.5
1.3
1.0
0.7
Amps
Peak Output Current
Tj = 25°C
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.2
2.2
2.2
Amps
Thermal Shutdown
Iq = 5 mA
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
oc
li
1. Ta = -55°C to +150°C, louT = 5 °0 mA for R » K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise n
2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing.
4. AVin min. @ -55°C must maintain an input/output
5. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|n
differential of 2.5V.
7800AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2)
DEVICE TYPE
7805AC
7806AC
7808AC
781 2AC
7815AC
7818AC
7824AC
Units
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
5
6
8
12
15
18
24
Volts
INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted)
10
11
14
19
23
27
33
Volts
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Output Voltage
Tj = 25°C
4.9
5.1
5.9
6.1
7.85
8.15
11.8
12.2
14.8
15.2
17.7
18.3
23.6
24.4
Volts
Line Regulation
Tj = 25°C
5 50
(7V<V| N <25V)
6 60
(8V<V !N <25V)
8
(10.5V <V| N
80
<25V)
12 120
(14.5V <V| N <30V)
15 150
(17.5V <V| N <30V)
20 180
( 21V<V|M<33V)
25 240
(27V<V| N <38V)
mV
Line Regulation
Tj = 25°C
(8V«
s |»
*V| N <12V)
I 6 I 30
(9V<V| N <13V)
I 8 I 40
(11V<V| N <17V)
I 12 I 60
(16V<V|N<22V)
I 15 I 75
(20V<V|N<26V)
I 20 I 90
(24V<V|N<30V)
I 25 I 120
(30V<V| N <36V)
mV
Load Regulation
P, R. K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
5mA<l < 1.5A
5mA<l < 500 mA
15
5
50
25
20
6
60
30
24
7
80
40
28
8
120
60
30
10
150
75
40
12
180
90
50
16
240
120
mV
mV
Load Regulation
P, R, K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
250mA<l o <750mA
100mA<l o <250mA
15
5
25
.15
20
6
30
15
24
7
40
20
28
8
60
30
30
10
75
40
40
12
90
45
50
16
120
60
mV
mV
Total Output
Voltage Tolerance
AlO Range
K-Pkg: 5 mA <I <1.0A. P <20W
T-Pkg: 5mA<l o <200mA,P<2W
P. R-Pkg: 5mA<l <1.0A P<15W
4.8
(7V =5
*V, N <
5.2
20 V)
5.8 6.2
(8V<V| N <21V)
7.75 8.25
(10.5<V|N<23V)
11.7 12.3
(14.5V <V| N <27V)
14.6
(17.5V <V| N
15.4
<30V)
17.5 18.5
(21V<V| N <33V)
23.3 24.7
(27V<V| N <38V)
Volts
Quiescent Current
Tj = 25°C
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
4
6.0
mA
AV||\| Range
Tj = 0°Cto+125°C
(7V«
*V| N <
25V)
(8V<
V| N <
25 V)
(10.5V
<V| N *
^25V)
(14.5V
<V| N
C30V)
(17.5V <V| N <30V)
(21V<V| N "<33V)
(27V<V|N<38V)
Quiescent Current
Change
With Line AV|n Range
With Load AIq Range
1.3
0.5
1.3
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
mA
mA
Long Term Stability
1000 hours at Tj = 125<>C
20
24
32
48
60
72
96
mV
Temperature Coefficient
l(3 = 5 mA
-0.5
-0.5
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
-1.2
-1.5
mVA>C
Ripple Rejection
f = 120 Hz. AV|M = 10V
78
75
72
71
70
69
66
dB
Output Noise Voltage
Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz < f < 100 kHz
40
45
52
75
90
110
170
jUVrms
Dropout Voltage
Tj = 25°C, Iq = 10A (K-Pkg. only)
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Volts
Short Circuit Current
Tj = 25°C (Note 4)
2.1
2.0
1.8
1.5
1.3
1.0
0.7
Amps
Peak Output Current
Tj = 25°C
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.2
2.2
2.2
Amps
Thermal Shutdown
Iq = 5 mA
175
175
175
175
175
175
175
°C
1. Tj = 0°C to +125°C, louT = 500 mA f or R » P. K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise n
2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing.
3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package.
4. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|n range.
Three Terminal Negative Regulator Series
SG7900/SG7900C
The 7900 series of negative regulators offer self-contained, fixed-
voltage capability up to 1.5 amps of load current. With four factory set
output voltages (-5V, -5.2V, -12V, and -15V) and four package options,
this regulator series is an optimum complement to the SG7800/140 line
of three terminal positive regulators.
Since these regulators require only a single output capacitor for
satisfactory performance, and are protected from overload conditions
by internal current limiting and thermal shutdown protection, ease of
application is assured.
Although designed as fixed-voltage regulators, the output voltage
can be increased through the use of a simple voltage divider. The low
quiescent drain current of the device insures good regulation when this
method is used. Product is available in hermetically sealed TO-39,
TO-66 and TO-3 power packages and commercial product is also
available in TO-220.
{
P-Packaga
TO-220
FRONT VIEW
1 - Ground
2 - Output
3 - Input
Tab - Input
• Output voltage set internally to ±3%
• One volt minimum input-output differential
• Excellent line and load regulation
• Short circuit current limited
• Thermal overload protection
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Input-Output
Device Output Voltage
Input Voltage
Differential
5.0 volts
-25V
25V
5.2 volts
-25V
25V
8.0 volts
-35V
30V
12 volts
-35V
30V
15 volts
-40V
30V
Power dissipation
Internally Limited
Operating junction temperature range
SG7900 series
-55°Cto+150°C
SG7900C series
0°Cto+125°C
Storage temperature range
-65° C to +150°C
Lead temperature (soldering
,10
sec)
300°C
APPLICATIONS
Fixed Output Regulator
Dual Polarity, Trimmed Supply
a
2.2nF
INPUT
u
ii
c 2
Out
1 . Ci is required only if regulator is separated from rectifier filter.
2. Both Ci and C2 should be low E.S.R. types such as solid tantalum. If aluminum
electroliticsare used, at least 10 times values shown should be selected.
3. If large output capacities are used, the regulators must be protected from momen
tary input shorts. A high current diode from output to input will suffice.
Circuit for Increasing Output Voltage
T~ *-
1
2
POS.
1
+ 15.0V
3
r 0.22 mfd i
510 ,
► 20k
2
*■ ;
0.1 mfd
*
<Af\ ■» <
1N4720
►51
s
\
-L
J
J
COMMON
> 51
+
510
t
, iy^ S
\ 1
1N4720
NEC
INPUT
1
J
A
3
2
15.0V
NOTE: C3 optional for improved ti
response and ripple rejectio
v (REGULATOR)
Ri + ?2_
«2
WHERE R 2 = 300« FOR SG120.5 AND SG120 5.2
R2 = 750UFORSG12012
R2 = lOOOnFOR SG120-15
NOTE: This circuit will allow each output to be adjusted approximately ±1 volt around its nominal
value. While there is some interaction in the adjustments, it is typically less than 10%. The linearity
of the adjustment is a function of the potentiometer resistance with lower values increasing the
linearity at the expense of power dissipation. The diodes protect the regulators from output polarity
reversal due to inadvertent overloads or variations in input voltage sequencing.
This same technique may be used with other voltages and/or regulators
adjusting the circuit values.
39
i the s<
js by. merely
7900 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERIST
CS(6
See Nc
>tes 1 I
12)
DEVICE TYPE
7905
7905.2
7908
7912
7915
Units
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
-5
-5.2
-8
-12
-15
Volts
INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted)
-10
-10
-14
-19
-23
Volts
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Output Voltage
Tj = 25°C. I = 5 mA
-4.8
-5.2
-5.0
-5.4
-7.7
-8.3
-11.5
-12.5
-14.4
-15.6
Volts
Line Regulation
Tj = 25°C, l = 5 mA
AV||\j Range
5 50
(-7V<V| N <-25V)
I I
6 50
(-8V<V| N <-25V)
I
8
(-10.5V<V|N
80
^-25 V)
12
(-14.5V<V|n
1
120
^-30V)
15 150
(-17.5V<V, N <-35V)
I I
mV
Line Regulation
Tj = 25°C, Iq = 5 mA
I 5 I 25
(-8V<V| N <-12V)
I 6 I 25
(-9V<V|M<-12V)
I 8
(-11V<V| N <
40
-17V)
I 12 I 60
(-16V<V|N<-22V)
I 15 I 75
(-20V<V| N <-26V)
mV
Load Regulation
R, K -Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 250C
5mA<l <1.5A
5mA<» o ^500mA
15
5
50
25
20
6
60
30
12
4
80
40
28
8
120
60
30
10
150
75
mV
mV
Load Regulation
R, K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25°C
250mA<l O <750mA
100mA<l O <250mA
15
5
25
15
20.
6
30
20
12
4
40
25
28
8
60
40
30
10
75
60
mV
mV
Total Output
Voltage Tolerance
P, R, K-Package
(T-Package) (Note 3)
(AIq Range)
5mA<lQ<1.0A, P<15W
(5 mA <l <200 mA, P <2W)
(-8V *
-4.75
^V, N <
-20V)
-5.25
(-9V
-4.95
<V, N <
-21V)
-5.45
(-11. 5\
-7.6
f <V|N <-23V)
-8.4
(-15.5V<V||m<-27V)
-11.4 -12.6
(-18.5V<V|m
-14.25
<-30V)
-15.75
Volts
Quiescent Current
Tj = 25°C
1
2
1
2
1
2
1.5
3
1.5
3
mA
Quiescent Current
Change
With Line AV|n Range
With Load Alo Range
1.3
•5
1 .3
.5
1.0
.5
1.0
.5
1.0
.5
mA
mA
Long Term Stability
1000 hours at Tj = 125°C
20
24
32
48
60
mV
Temperature Coefficient
Iq = 5 mA
-0.5
-0.5
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
mV/°C
Ripple Rejection
f = 120 Hz, AV| N = 10V
54
60
54
60
54
60
54
60
54
60
dB
Output Noise Voltage
Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz <f < 100 kHz
40
45
52
75
90
JtiVrms
Dropout Voltage
Tj = 250C, lo.= 1.0A (Note 3)
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Volts
Short Circuit Current
Tj = 25°C (Note 5)
2.1
2.0
1.8
1.5
1.3
Amps
Peak Output Current
Tj - 25°C (Note 3)
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.2
Amps
Thermal Shutdown
Iq = 5 mA (Note 3)
175
175
175
175
175
OC
1 . Tj = -55°C to <+150°C, louT = 500 mA for R » p and K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise noted.
2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing.
3. Specifications at operating currents above 500 mA do not apply to T-Package.
4. AV||\| min. @ -55°C must maintain an input/output differential of 2.5V.
5. Short circuit protection is only assured over AV|n range.
7900C ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (See Notes 1 & 2)
DEVICE TYPE
7905C
7905.2C
7908C
7912C
791 5C
Units
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
-5
-5.2
-8
-12
-15
Volts
INPUT VOLTAGE (Unless Otherwise Noted)
-10
-11
-14
-19
-23
Volts
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Output Voltage
Tj = 25°C, lo = 5 mA
-4.8
-5.2
-5.0
-5.4
-7.7
-8.3
-11.5
-12.5
-14.4
-15.6
Volts
Line Regulation
Tj = 25°C, lo = 5 mA
AV|N Range
3 100
(-7V<V|N<-25V)
6 100
(-8V<V| N <-25V)
I I
8
(-10.5V<V|N
J
160
<-25V)
12
(-14.5V<V| N
I
240
<-30V)
15
(-17.5V<V|N
300
<-30V)
mV
Line Regulation
Tj = 25°C, l = 5mA
I 3 I 50
<-8V<V iN <-12V)
I 6 I 100
(-9V<V|N<-12V)
J 8 I 80
(-11V<V|N<-17V)
I 12 I 120
(-16V<V|N<-22V)
i 15 I 150
(-20V<V| N <-26V)
mV
Load Regulation
P, R, K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj = 25<>C
5mA<lQ<1.5A
5mA<lo^500mA
15
5
100
50
20
6
100
50
24
7
160
80
28
8
240
120
30
10
300
150
mV
mV
Load Regulation
P, R, K-Package
T-Package (Note 3)
Tj - 25°C
250 mA <Iq <750 mA
100mA<l O <250mA
15
5
50
25
20
6
50
25
24
7
80
40
28
8
120
60
30
10
150
75
mV
mV
Total Output
Voltage Tolerance
P, R, K-Package
(T-Package) (Note 3)
(AIq Range)
5 mA <Iq <1 .0A, P <1 5W
(5 mA <l <200 mA, P <2W)
(-7V«
-4.75
£v, N <
-20V)
-5.25
(-9V
-4.95
^V| N <
-21 V)
-5.45
(-10.5
-7.6
<V| N <-23V)
-8.4
(-14.5V<V| N <-27V)
-11.4 -12.6
(-17.5V<V| N
-14.25
<-30V)
-15.75
Volts
Quiescent Current
Tj = 25°C
1
2
1
2
1
2
1.5
3
1.5
3
mA
Quiescent Current
Change
With Line AV|n Range
With Load AIq Range
1.3
.5
1.3
.5
1.0
.5
1.0
.5
1.0
.5
mA
> mA
Long Term Stability
1 000 hours at Tj = 1 25°C
20
24
32
48
60
mV
Temperature Coefficient
lO = 5 mA
-0.5
-0.5
-0.6
-0.8
-1.0
mV/°C
Ripple Rejection
f=120Hz, AV|N = 10V
54
60
54
60
54
60
54
60
54
60
dB
Output Noise Voltage
Tj = 25°C, 10 Hz <f <100 kHz
40
45
52
75
90
/iV rms
Dropout Voltage
Tj = 25°C, «o = 10A (Note 3)
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
Volts
Short Circuit Current
Tj=25°C(Note4)
2.1
2.0
1.8
1.5
1.3
Amps
Peak Output Current
Tj = 25°C (Note 3)
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.2
Amps
Thermal Shutdown
Iq = 5 mA (Note 3)
175
175
175
175
175
°c
1 . Tj = 0°C to +125°C, IquT = 500 mA f °r R . p * n <* K-Package and 100 mA for T-Package, unless otherwise noted.
2. All regulation tests are made at constant junction temperature with low duty-cycle pulse testing.
3. Specif ications at operatingcurrents above 500 mA do not apply to I -Package.
4. Short circuit protection is only assured over AVjfv, range.
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS
General Purpose, Compensated Op Amps
General Purpose, Uncompensated Op Amps
Dual, Compensated Op Amps
Quad Op Amps
High Performance Op Amps
High Voltage Op Amps
Low Power Op Amps
Voltage Followers
42
Uncompensated Operational Amplifiers
SG101/201
The SG 101/201 are general purpose operational amplifiers. Features
include excellent input bias/current and drift characteristics plus short
circuit protection and pin compatibility with many industry-standard
operational amplifiers.
SG101A/201A/301A
The SG101A/201A/301A offer improved performance over the SG101/
201 operational amplifiers and also provide short circuit protection and pin
compatibility with industry standard types.
• Frequency compensated with a single capacitor — no resistor
required
• Low current drain: 1.8mA at ±20 V
• Continuous short circuit protection
• Operation as a comparator with differential inputs as high
as±30V
• No latch up when common mode range is exceeded
• 3mV offset voltage over temperature
• 100nA input current over temperature
• 20nA offset current over temperature
• Guaranteed drift characteristics
• Offsets guaranteed over full common mode range
PARAMETERS*
101
201
101A | 201A
301 A
UNITS
Supply Voltage
±5 to ±20
±5 to ±20
±5 to ±20
±5 to ±15
V
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +70
-55 to +125
-25 to +85
to +70
°c
Package Types
T.Y.J, F
T,Y,J,F,N,M
T, Y, J,F
T,Y,J,
F,N,M
-
Input Offset Voltage
5.0
7.5
2.0 (3.0)
7.5 (10)
mV
Input Offset Current
200 (500)
500 (750)
10(20)
50 (70)
nA
Input Bias Current
0.5 (1.5)
1.5 (2.0)
0.075 (0.1)
0.25 (0.30)
M A
Temp Coeff Input Offset Voltage
(3.0 typ)
(6.0 typ)
15
30
juV/oC
Temp Coeff INput Offset Current
-
-
0.2
0.6
nA/°C
Large Signal Voltage Gain
50 (25)
20 (15)
50 (25)
25 (15)
V/mV
Common Mode Rejection
(70)
(65)
(80)
(80)
dB
Power Supply Rejection
(316)
(316)
(100)
(100)
juV/V
Input Common Mode Voltage Range
(±12)
(±12)
(+15,-12)
(+15,-12)
V
Differential Input Voltage
±30
±30
±30
±30
V
Slew Rate A v = 1 ,
A v = 10
0.2
3 (typ)
0.2
3 (typ)
0.2
3 (typ)
0.2
3 (typ)
V/juS
Unity Gain Bandwidth
0.5 (typ)
0.5 (typ)
0.5 (typ)
0.5 (typ)
MHz
Supply Current
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
mA
Vout RL = 2k"
±10
±10
±10
±10
V
R L = 10kft
±12
±12
±12
±12
V
Noise
R s = 1kn f = 10Hz to U)kHz
4
4
4
4
juV(rms)
R s = 500kn f = 10Hz to 10kHz
25
25
25
25
(typ)
*Para meters apply over supply voltage range and are mi
if enclosed in parentheses), unless otherwise indicated,
n./max. limits either at T A = 25°C (or over operating temperature range
SG101/201, SG101A/201A/301A Chip
(See T-package diagram for pad
functions)
Compensation and Optional
Balancing Circuit
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
OUTPUT [l
v [7
COMPENSATION £
Top View
Minidip
MorY
Package
3V-.
71 OFFSET ADJUST/
il COMPENSATION
Feedforward Compensation
OFFSET ADJUST (T
OUTPUT (7
V + (T
COMPENSATION (7
NC(»
Fjv-
7J NON-INVERTING INPUT
7) INVERTING INPUT
h offset adjust/comp.
TJnc
Net?
OfFSETls
ADJUST L
OUTPUT0
V+ E
TOP VIEW
JorN
Package
COMPENSATION^
NC§3
NC|i«
n
H OFFSET ADJUST/
- 1 COMPENSATION
2JNC
3 NC
43
Voltage Followers
SG102/202/302
The SG 102/202/302 are high-gain operational amplifiers designed
specifically for unity-gain non-inverting voltage follower applications. The
devices incorporate advanced super-beta transistor processing techniques to
obtain very low input current and high input impedance. The input trans-
isters are operated at zero collector-base voltage to virtually eliminate high
temperature leakage currents resulting in extremely low input current and
low offset voltage drift.
• Low input bias current — 100 nA
• High input resistance - 10,OOOMJT2
• Internal frequency compensation
• Fast slewing - 10V/jUs - typ
• Simple offset balancing with 1k potentiometer
SG110/210/310
The SG 11 0/21 0/310 are high gain operational amplifiers internally
connected as unity-gain non-inverting amplifiers. Super-beta transistors are
used in the input stage to obtain extremely low bias currents without
sacrificing speed. These devices are directly interchangeable with the 101,
102, 741 and 709 in voltage follower applications. Internal frequency
compensation and offset balancing are provided. The SG110 family is
useful in fast sample and hold circuits, active filters or as general purpose
buffers.
• 10nA input current max over temperature
• 20MHz small signal bandwidth — typ
• 30V//ZS slew rate - typ
• ±5V to ± 18V supply voltage range
• No external frequency compensation necessary
PARAMETERS*
102
202
302
110
210
310
UNITS
Supply Voltage
±15
±15
±15
±5 to ±18
±5 to ±18
±5 to ±18
V
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
-25 to +85
to +70
-55 to +125
-25 to +85
Oto+70
°c
Package Types
T,J, Y
T,J,M
,N, Y
T, J, Y
T,J,IV
,N,Y
Input Offset Voltage
5.0(7.5)
10(15)
15(20)
4.0 (6.0)
4.0 (6.0)
7.5 (10)
mV
Input Bias Current
10(100)
15(50)
30 (50)
3.0(10)
3.0 (10)
7.0(10)
nA
Temp Coeff Input Offset Voltage
6 (typ)
15 (typ)
20 (typ)
12 (typ)
6 (typ)
10 (typ)
MV/oc
Large Signal Voltage Gain
(0.999)
0.999
0.9985
0.999
0.999
0.999
V/V
Power Supply Rejection
60
60
60
70
70
70
dB
Input Common Mode Range
±10
±10
±10
±10
±10
±10
±10
Input Resistance
ioio
1010
109
1010
1010
1010
ft
Output Resistance
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
n
V os Adjust
IkftPot
IkftPot
IkftPot
IkftPot
IkfiPot
Ik^Pot
-
Slew Rate A v = 1
10 (typ)
10 (typ)
10 (typ)
30 (typ)
30 (typ)
30 (typ)
V/juS
Unity Gain Bandwidth (typ, MHz)
8 (typ)
8 (typ)
8 (typ)
12 (typ)
12 (typ)
12 (typ)
MHz
Supply Current
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
mA
Vout R L = 10kn
±10
±10 -
±10
±10
±10
±10
V
*Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at T A = 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in
parentheses), unless otherwise indicated.
Offset Balancing Circuit
R1
IK
FT
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ° T
SG 102/202/302. SG110/210/310
Chip (See T-package diagram for
pad functions)
NC [i
3 nc
BOOSTER (i
£]V-
OUTPUT f«
BALANCE fj
TOP VIEW
Package
5] INPUT
*\ NC
T\ BALANCE
NC fa
[| NC
NC ^
n
7j NC
BOOSTER (5
Sv-
OUTPUT (6
v + (T
TOP VIEW
Minidip
Mor Y
Package
3] INPUT
2J NC
BALANCE jji
n
T) BALANCE
Increasing Negative Swing
Under load
'May be added to reduce
internal dissipation
44
General-Purpose Compensated Operational Amplifiers
SG107/207/307
The SG 107/207/307 offer excellent input
bias currents and drift characteristics as well as
short circuit protection and pin compatibility
with the 741 class of amplifiers.
• 3mV max offset voltage over
temperature
• 100 nA max input bias current
over temperature
• 20nA max offset current over
temperature
• Offsets guaranteed over full
common mode range
• Guaranteed drift characteristics
SG741/741C
SG741/741C are pin compatible with the
most widely accepted operational amplifiers
and provide excellent performance for a wide
range of applications.
• Complete short circuit protection
• Offset voltage null capability
• High common mode voltage range
• High differential input voltage range
SG1217/3217
These devices are identical to the SG741/
741 C types, except internal compensation is
reduced from 30pF to 3pF. Frequency response
is ten times that of the standard device.
Stability is unconditional from open loop to a
closed loop gain of 20dB. These devices are
especially useful in hybrid applications since
higher bandpass is achieved without an out-
board capacitor.
• Slew rate typically 5 V //usee
• 10 times frequency response 741/741C
• Ideal chip for hybrid applications
PARAMETERS*
107 | 207
307
741
741C
1217
3217
Units
Supply Voltage
±5 to ±20
±5 to ±20
±15
±15
±15
±15
V
Operating Temperature
Range
-55 to +125
-25 to +85
to +70
-55 to +125
to +70
-55 to +125
to +70
OC
Package Types (See Page 55)
T,J, F, Y
T,J,F,Y,M,N
T,J,F,Y
T,J,Y,F,M,N
T,J,F,Y
T,J,Y,F,M,N
-
Input Offset Voltage
2.0 (3.0)
7.5(10)
5.0 (6.0)
6.0 (7.5)
5.0 (6.0)
6.0 (7.5)
mV
Input Offset Current
10 (20)
50 (70)
200 (500)
200 (300)
200 (500)
200 (500)
nA
Input Bias Current
0.075(0.1)
0.25 (0.3)
0.5(1.5)
0.5 (0.8)
0.5(1.5)
0.5 (0.8)
UA
Temp. Coeff. Input Offset
Voltage
(15) 2
(30) 2
(3.0 typ)
(6.0 typ)
(3.0 typ)
(6.0 typ)
juV/oc
Temp. Coeff. Input Offset
Current
(0.2)
(0.6)
(0.5 typ)
(0.5 typ)
(0.5 typ)
(0.5 typ)
nA/oc
Large Signal Voltage Gain
50 (20)
25(15)
50 (25)
20(15)
50 (25)
20(15)
V/mV
Common Mode Rejection
(80)
(80)
(70)
70
(70)
70
dB
Power Supply Rejection
(100)
(100)
(150)
150
(150)
150
/uV/V
Input Common Mode Range
+15,-12
+15,-12
±12
±12
±12
±12
V
Differential Input Voltage
±30
±30
±30
±30
±30
±30
V
Unity Gain Bandwidth
0.5 (typ)
0.5 (typ)
0.8 (typ)
0.8 (typ)
0.8 (typ)
0.8 (typ)
MHz
Slew Rate
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
5.0 (typ) 3
5.0 (typ) 3
V/tfS
Supply Current
3.0
3.0
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
mA
Output Voltage Swing
R L = 2kft
±10
±10
±10
±10
±10
±10
V
R|_ = 10kO
±12
±12
±12
±12
V
Noise (typ)
R s = 1kfi
f = 10Hz to 10kHz
4
4
3
3
3
3
MV (rms)
(typ)
R s = 500kft
f = 10Hzto 10kHz
25
25
25
25
25
25
♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at T^
parentheses), unless otherwise indicated.
: 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in
+25°C < +125°C
Minimum recommended closed loop gain of 10.
OFFSET ADJUST \t
Ev-
OUTPUT [T
7) NON-INVERTING INPUT
V + [T
T °iat£ck W
J] INVERTING INPUT
ncQT
7] OFFSET ADJUST
NcHi
TJnc
NC [•
7]nc
OFFSET^
ADJUST L-
gv-
outputH;
TOP VIEW
JorN
Package
ri NON-INVERTING
U INPUT
71 INVERTING
zi INPUT
NC |ij
il OFFSET
-1 ADJUST
NC fa
J\ NC
NC[J4
n
T]nc
45
High Performance Operational Amplifiers
SG108/208/308 SG108A/208A/308A
SG1118/2118/3118 SG1118A/2118A/3118A
This series provides input currents and offset voltages which approach performance levels previously associated only with FET or chopper
stabilized amplifiers. Superior power supply rejection ratio allows use of unregulated supplies and internal short circuit protection makes appli-
cation nearly foolproof. Also, these devices feature low power consumption over a wide range of supply voltages. Frequency compensation for the
108 series is accomplished with a single external capacitor.
The SG1 1 18 types are internally compensated versions of the 108 devices. Since a 30pF capacitor is built into the chip, no external components
are needed for frequency compensation. In addition, provision is made for paralleling the internal capacitor making it possible to over-compensate to
increase stability margin. The "A" versions are high performance selections from the 108 and 1 1 18 types.
• Extremely low input bias currents
• Offset currents less than 1.0nA
• Guaranteed voltage and current drift characteristics
• 300/1 A power supply current
• Internal compensation on 1118/2118/3118 types
PARAMETERS* 1
108/1118 I 208/2118
308/3118
108A/1118A | 208A/2118A
308A/3118A
UNITS
Supply Voltage
±5 to ±20
±5 to ±15
±5 to ±20
±5 to ±15
V
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
-25 to +85
to +70
-55 to +125
-25 to +85
to +70
°c
Package Types
J,Y,T,F
J, Y,T, F, M
J, Y,T, F
J, Y,T, F,M
-
Input Offset Voltage
2.0 (3.0)
7.5 (10)
0.5 (1.0)
0.5 (0.73)
mV
Input Offset Current
0.2 (0.4)
1.0(1.5)
0.2 (0.4)
1.0(1.5)
nA
Input Bias Current
2.0 (3.0)
7(10)
2.0 (3.0)
7(10)
nA
Temp Coeff Input Offset Voltage
(15)
(30)
(5.0)
(5.0)
juV/°C
Temp Coeff Input Offset Current
(2.5)
(10)
(2.5)
(10)
pA/°C
Large Signal Voltage Gain
50 (25)
25 (15)
80 (40)
80 (60)
V/mV
Common Mode Rejection
(85)
(80)
(96)
(96)
dB
Power Supply Rejection
(100)
(100)
(16)
(16)
iuV/V
Input Common Mode Range
(±13.5)
(±13.5)
(±13.5)
(±13.5)
V
Slew Rate A v = 1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
v/mS
A v =10
3 (typ)
3 (typ)
3 (typ)
3 (typ)
Unity Gain Bandwidth
0.3 (typ)
0.3 (typ)
0.3 (typ)
0.3 (typ)
MHz
Supply Current
0.6
0.8
0.6
0.8
mA
Vout R L = 10kft
±13
±13
±13
±13
V
Noise
R s =1kft f = 10Hz to 10kHz
4
4
4
4
juV(rms)
R s = 500kft f = 1 0Hz to 1 0kHz
20
20
20
20
(typ)
♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range a
parentheses), unless otherwise indicated.
Inputs are shunted with back-to-back diodes
one volt is applied between the inputs unless
nd are min./max. limits either at T A = 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in
for overvoltage protection. Excessive current will flow if a differential input voltage in excess of
some limiting resistance is used.
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
Compensation Circuits
Not required
for 1 1 1 8/1 1 1 8 A
NC |7
OUTPUT ji
v + (7
•FREQCOMPB
XL
gv-
T] FREQCOMPA
NC [•
NC [g
OUTPUT |ij
FREQCOMPB^
NC |u
v-E
OUTPUT (7
v + [T
FREQCOMPB H
FREQCOMPA (J£
XL
7j NC
-> NON-INVERTIf
U INPUT
r\ INVERTING
Zi INPUT
3]NC
FJ FREQCOMPA
7J NC
s]nc
4] non-inverting input
7] inverting input
D NC
TJnc
Quad Operational Amplifier
SG124/224/324
The SGI 24 series integrated circuit contains four true-differ-
ential, independent operational amplifiers. Each amplifier has
been designed to operate from either a single supply voltage or
plus and minus voltages and features internal frequency compen-
sation, high gain, and very low supply current requirements. An
additional significant advantage of these amplifiers is that when
using a single supply, the input and output can be operated down
to ground potential. Thus, they can be powered by a standard
46V DC logic supply and still be compatible with all forms of
logic inputs and outputs.
op amp* in a efngle
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
euppJy vottege
Supply Voltage, V*
32Vqc or ±16Vrjc
Differential Input Voltage
32VQC
Input Voltage
-0.3VOC to +32Vdc
Power Dissipation (Note 1)
N Package (plastic)
600mW
Derate above 25°C
6.0mW/°C
J Package (cerdip)
lOOOmW
Derate above 2S°C
6.7mWS°C
Output Short-Circuit to Gnd (Note 2)
Continuous
V* <15V DC and T A = 25°C
Operating Temperature Range
SGI 24
-55°Cto +125QC
SG224
-25°Cto+e5°C
SG324
0«Cto+70°C
Storage Temperature Range
-6S°C to +150°C
Lead Temperature (Soldering. 60 sec)
300°C
Electrical Characteristics (V + =
t5V DC and Ta = 25°C unless otherwise noted!
Conditions
SG124
SG224/SG324
Parameter
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Units
Input Offset Voltage
R S = 0ft
—
2
5
—
2
7
mVpc
Input Bias Current (Note 3)
•IN (+) or l|N (-)
~
45
300
—
45
500
nArjC
Input Offset Current
'IN (+) or l|N (-)
—
±3
±30
—
±5
±50
nAQC
Input Common-Mode Voltage
Range (Note 4)
—
V + ^l.5
—
V+^.5
VDC
Supply Current/
RL = °° On All Op Amps
—
0.8
2
--
0.8
2
mApC
Large Signal Voltage Gain
Rl_>2kfl
100
—
—
100
--
V/mV
Output Voltage Swing
R|_=2kfl
—
V+-4.5
—
V+-1.5
v D c
Common Mode Rejection
Ratio /
DC
—
85
—
—
85
—
dB
Power Supply Rejection
Ratio
DC
—
100
—
—
100
—
dB
Amplifier-to- Amplifier
Coupling
f = 1 kHz to 20 kHz
(Input Referred)
-120
-120
_
dB
Output Current Source
V| N + =+1V DC .V, N - =
0V DC
20
40
20
40
—
mApc
Output Current Sink
V| N - = +1 V DC ,V|N+ =
OVdc
10
20
—
10
20
—
mAQC
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
Note 1 : For operating at high temperatures, the SG324 must be
derated based on a +125°C maximum junction temperature and
a thermal resistance of 175°C/W which applies for the device
soldered in a printed circuit board, operating in a still air amb-
ient. The SG224 and SG124 can be derated based on a +150°C
maximum junction temperature.
Note 2: Short circuits from the output to V"*~ can cause ex-
cessive heating and eventual destruction. The maximum output
current is approximately 40 mA independent of the magnitude
of V + . At values of supply voltage in excess of +15Vqc, con-
tinuous short-circuits can exceed the power dissipation ratings
and cause eventual destruction.
Note 3: The destruction of the input current is out of the IC
due to the PNP input stage. This current is essentially con-
stant, independent of the state of the output so no loading
change exists on the input lines.
Note 4: The input common-mode voltage of either input signal
voltage should not be allowed to go negative by more than 0.3V.
The upper end of the common-mode voltage range is V+-1.5V,
but either or both inputs can go to +30Vqc without damage.
CHIP BONDING
DIAGRAM
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
To reduce the power supply current drain, the amplifiers have a class put of the amplifier, a resistor should be used, from the output of the amp-
A output stage for small signal levels which converts to class B in a large lifier to ground to increase the class A bias currant and prevent crossover
signal mode. This allows the amplifiers to both source and sink large out- distortion. Where the load is directly coupled, as in DC applications, there
put currents. Therefore both NPN and PNP external currant boost tran- is no crossover distortion.
sjstors can be used to extend the power capability of the basic amplifiers. Capacitive loads which are applied directly to the output of the amp-
The output voltage needs to raise approximately 1 diode drop above (jfier (^j^ me i^ stability margin. Values of 50 pF can be eccommo-
ground to bias the orvehip vertical PNP transistor for output current sink- d^ ^n* the worst-case non-inverting unity gain connection. Large
For AC applications, where the load is capacitivefy coupled to the out- lance must be driven by the amplifier.
TTL INTERFACE
47
High Slew Rate Operational Amplifier
SG741S/SG741SC
The S6741S/741SC has been designed to provide a slew rate in excess
of 20 times that of the popular SG74.1 circuit and yet be fully interchange-
able in all other aspects. With input and output protection, internal com-
pensation, and single-component offset nulling, this amplifier has all the
features which have made the SG741 so easy to use. A guaranteed mini-
mum slew rate of 10 volts per microsecond maker this device ideally suited
for to A converters and all applications requiring greater power
bandwidth.
10 y/fis minimum slew rate
Internally compensated
Wide common mode and differential voltage
range
M, T, and Y Packages available
MAXIMUM RATINGS (Ta = +25°C unless otherwise noted)
H|^741Sl
Kga^B^H
Response Comparison. SG741S vs. SG741. 10HS/div., 5V/div.
I
Rating
SG741S
SG741SC
Unit
Power Supply Voltage
+22
-22
+18
-18
Vdc
Differential Input Signal Voltage
±30
Volts
Common-Mode Input Voltage Swing
(See Note 1 )
±15
Volts
Output Short-Circuit Duration
(See Note 2)
Continuous
Power Dissipation (Package
Limitation)
T-Package- -TO-99 Metal Can
Derate above Ta = +25°C
M-Package-Plastic Dual
In- Line Minidip
Derate above Ta = +25°C
680
4.6
625
5.0
mW
mW/°C
mW
mW/°C
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125 1 Oto+75
°C
Storage Temperature Range
T-Package
M-Package
-65 to +150
-55 to +125
°C
Note 1. For supply voltages less than ±15 Vdc, the absolute maximum
input voltage is equal to the supply voltage.
Note 2. Supply voltage equal to or less than 15 Vdc.
TYPICAL CHARACTER rSTICS
(V+ = +15 Vdc, V- = -15 Vdc, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.)
OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE
Slew Rate, 1 JiS/div.. 5V/div.
+20
! 111!
oluge
ii i
I
ftth
>
! !:
. Ii
I
L "^
* l0
■ III
!
| :
!
\J
i o
■ ! ! ! j ;:■ ■ ; ; ; i
8
■ !,; I i :
■ i
!
-
J
i ii ! i i ii
1 1
! |
!' I /li
ill V r
I i
III I ! !
100
+20
10 10 100, 1.0k
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V+ = +15 Vdc, V- = -15 Vdc, Ta = +25°C unless otherwise noted)
SG741S
SG741SC"
Characteristic
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
Power Bandwidth Ay = 1. R(_ - 2.0 kft. THD = 5%, Vq = 20 V(p-p)
150
200
-
150
200
-
kHz
Large-Signal Transient Response (Slew Rate)
V(-) to V(+)
V(+) to V(-)
Settling Time (to within 0.1%)
10
10
20
12
3.0
-
10
10
20
12
3.0
-
V//LCS
US
Small-Signal Transient Response (Gain = 1, Ej n = 20 mV)
Rise Time
Fall Time
Propagation Delay Time
Overshoot
-
0.25
0.25
0.25
20
_
~
0.25
0.25
0.25
20
-
/US
/is
Us
%
Short-Circuit Output Currents
±10
-
±35
±10
-
±35
mA
Open-Loop Voltage Gain (R L = 2.0 kQ. )
V ■ ±10 V, T A = +25°C
V - ±10 V, T A - T tow » to T hiah *
50,000
25,000
200,000
-
20.000
15.000
100.000
"
Output Impedance (f = 20 Hz)
-
75
-
-
75
-
n
Input Impedance (f = 20 Hz)
0.3
1.0
-
0.3
1.0
-
Mfi
Output Voltage Swing
R L =10kH. T A »+25°C
R L = 2.0kft,T A = +25°C
R L = 2.0 kft, T A = T, ow to T niqh
±12
±10
±10
*±14
±13
"
±12
±10
±10
±14
±13
:
v pk
Input Common-Mode Voltage Swing
±12
±13
-
±12
±13
-
Vpk
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (f = 20 Hz)
70
90
-
70
90
-
dB
Input Bias Current
T A - +25°C
T A = T low
-
0.2
0.5
0.5
1.5
-
0.2
0.5
0.8
iUA
Input Offset Current
T A - +25°C
T A = T| ow to T ni q n
"
0.03
0.2
0.5
"
0.03
0.2
0.3
HA
Input Offset Voltage (Rs= < 10 kSZ)
T A - +25°C
T A = T low to T hiqh
"
1.0
5.0
6.0
"
2.0
6.0
7.5
mV
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage
<Ta = T| 0w to Thigh)
R S - 50 SI
R S - 10 kft
"
3.0
6.0
-
-
3.0
6.0
-
/7V/°C
Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current
<T*A • T|ow to T n jQ h )
_
30
_
_
30
_
nA/°C
DC Power Dissipation (Power Supply = ±15 V. Vo = 0)
-
30
85
-
30
85
mW
Positive Voltage Supply Sensitivity (V— constant)
-
2.0
150
-
2.0
150
MV/V
Negative Voltage Supply Sensitivity (V+ constant)
-
10
150
-
10
150
/iV/V
iSitee
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
gv-
INVENTING
INPUT
j] OFFSET
limited temperatui
Dual Compensated Operational Amplifiers
SG747/747C
SG1558/1458
The SG747/747C are dual operational amplifiers offering performance
which is identical to that of the 741/741 C.
• Complete short circuit protection
• Offset voltage null capability
• High common mode voltage range
• High differential input voltage range
SGI 558/1458 are internally compensated dual operational amplifiers
intended for a wide range of analog applications where board space and/or
weight are important High common mode voltage range and absence of
"latch-up" make these devices ideal for use as voltage followers. High gam
and wide operating voltage range provide superior performance in
integrator, summing amplifier and general feedback applications.
• Short-circuit protected
• 6dB/octave roll-off
PARAMETERS*
747 2 ' 5
747C 2 ' S
1558 2
1458 2
1458C 2
Units
Supply Voltage
±15
±15
±15
±15
±15
V
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +70
-55 to +125
0to75
0to75
OC
Package Types
T,J, N
T,M
-
Input Offset Voltage
5.0 (6.0)
6.0 (7.5)
5.0 (6.0)
6.0 (7.5)
10.0(12.0)
mV
Input Offset Current
200 (500)
200 (300)
200 (500)
200(300)
300(400)
nA
Input Bias Current
0.5(1.5)
0.5 (0.8)
0.5(1.5)
03 (0.8)
0.7(1.0)
MA
Temp Coeff Input Offset Voltage
(3.0 typ)
(6.0 typ)
(3.0 typ)
(6.0 typ)
(6.0 typ)
j*V/°C
Temp Coeff Input Offset Current
(0.5 typ)
0.5 typ)
(0.5 typ)
(0.5 typ)
(0.5 typ)
nA/<>C
Large Signal Voltage Gain
50 (25) 3
20 (15) 3
50 (25) 3
20 (15) 3
20 (15) 4
V/mV
Common Mode Rejection
(70)
70
(70)
70
60
dB
Power Supply Rejection
(150)
150
(150)
150
30tvo
mV/V
Input Common Mode Range
±12*
±12*
±12*
±12 !
±11*
V
Differential Input Voltage
±30
±30
±30
±30
±30
V
Unity Gain Bandwidth
0.8 (typ)
0.8 (typ)
OB (typ)
0.8 (typ)
0.8 (typ)
MHz
Slew Rate
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
V/jiS
Supply Current
2.8 2
2.8 2
23 2
2.8'
4.0 2
mA
Output Voltage Swing R(_ = 2kft
±10
±10
±10
±10
±9
V
R L - 10kft
±12
±12
±12
±11
V
Noise
R s =1kn f = 10Hz to 10kHz
3 (typ)
3 (typ)
3 (typ)
3 (typ)
3 (typ)
uV(rms)
R s = 500k« f=10Hz to 10kHz
25 (typ)
25 (typ)
25 (typ)
25 (typ)
25 (typ)
♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either
parentheses), unless otherwise indicated.
1 V s = A15V 2 Each half 3 R L = 2k 4 R L = 10k
at Ta = 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in
V + A and V + B are internally connected
Balancing Circuit (optional)
(J or N Package only)
SG747/747C Chip (See 747J-Package for
pad functions)
SQ1558/1458 Chip (See 1558 M-Package for
pad functions)
NON-INVERTING
INPUT A
INVERTIN6
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
NON-INVERTING
49
Uncompensated Operational Amplifiers
SG748/748C
SG777/777C
The SG748/748C are high performance devices which are similar to the
741/741C but without internal compensation. The 748/748C are func-
tional and pin for pin replacements for the 301 A and 201 type operational
amplifiers.
The SG777/777C are precision operational amplifiers featuring low
input offset current and low bias current. This device is available in most
popular package styles, including minidip.
• Complete short circuit protection
• Offset voltage null capability
• High common mode voltage range
• High differential input voltage range
• Available in minidip
• Low input bias current — 25nA
• Low input offset current — 3nA
• Low input offset voltage — 2mV
• Low offset voltage and current drift
• Short circuit protection
PARAMETERS*
748
748C
777
777C
UNITS
Supply Voltage
±15
±15
±15
±15
V
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +70
-55 to +125
to +70
OC
Package Types
T,J, F, Y
T,J, F, Y,N,M
'T, J, F, Y
T,Y,J, F,N,M
-
Input Offset Voltage
5.0 (6.0)
6.0 (7.5)
2.0 (3.0)
(5.0)
mV
Input Offset Current
200 (500)
200 (300)
3.0(10.0)
20 (40)
nA
Input Bias Current
500(1500)
500 (800)
25 (75)
100(200)
nA
Temp Coeff Input Offset Voltage
(3.0 typ)
(6.0 typ)
15
30
JLlV/OC
Temp Coeff Input Offset Current
(0.5 typ)
(0.5 typ)
0.15
0.6
nA/QC
Large Signal Voltage Gain
50 (25)
25(15)
50 (25)
25(15)
V/mV
Common Mode Rejection
(70)
70
(80)
(70)
dB
Power Supply Rejection
(150)
150
(100)
(150)
juV/V
Input Common Mode Voltage Range
±12
±12
(±12)
(±12)
V
Differential Input Voltage
±30
±30
±30
±30
V
Slew Rate A v = 1,
0.3
0.3
0.5 (typ)
0.5 (typ)
A v =10
3 (typ)
3 (typ)
5.5 (typ)
5.5 (typ)
V/juS
Unity Gain Bandwidth (typ)
0.8
0.8
0.5
0.5
MHz
Supply Current
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
mA
V ou t «L= 2kft
(±10)
±10
(±10)
(±10)
V
R|_= 10kn
(±12)
(±12)
(±12)
V
Noise
R s =1kft f = 10Hz to 10kHz
4
4
4
4
juV(rms)
R s =500kft f = 10Hz to 10kHz
25
25
25
25
typ
♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range
enclosed in parentheses), unless otherwise i
and are min./max. limits
ndicated.
either at T A = 25°C (or over operating temperature range if
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
OUTPUT (i
V+ (?
COMPENSATION (V
H
gv-
I NON-INVERTING
I INPUT
I INVERTING
I INPUT
l OFFSET ADJUST/
OFFSET ADJUST [[
OUTPUT [7
v + d
COMPENSATION [»
NC(j«
gv-
7] non-inverting input '
7] inverting input
h offset adjust/comp.
TJnc
50
Compensation
and Optional
Balancing Circuit
Low Power Operational Amplifiers
SG1250/2250/3250
The SG 1250/2250/3250 operational amplifiers are designed to offer
exceptional performance under conditions of extremely low internal power
consumption. Since the quiescent current is determined by a single
external resistor, operation over a wide range of currents and voltages is
possible.
This device is similar to the juA 776/776C and is frequently a desirable
replacement due to its superior performance.
• Adjustable power consumption to less than 20JUW
• Supply voltages from ±0.75 to ±18V
SG4250/4250C
The SG4250/4250C are intended for applications requiring extremely
low internal power consumption. The device is pin compatible with the
741 type operational amplifiers and is an exact replacement for the
industry standard 4250/42500.
• ±1V to ± 18V power supply operation
• 20/UW standby power consumption
• 5nA input bias current
• 35nVyHz input noise voltage (typ)
• Internally compensated
PARAMETERS/CONDITIONS
1250 1
2250 1
3250 l
4250 2
4250C 2
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
0to70
0to70
-55 to +125
to +70
oc
Supply Voltage
±18
Differential Input Voltage 3
±15
Common Mode Range
±15
Package Types
T, Y
T,Y,M
T.Y
T,Y,M
RS< lOOKft
Input Offset Voltage
Rs < 10Kft
3(4)
3(4)
6.0 (7.5)
3(4)
7.5
mV
o- n V S = ±3V
Input Bias Current
Vs = ±15V
18 (20)
12(15)
18 (20)
12(15)
40 (50)
25 (30)
(15) 2
30(50) 2
nA
Input Offset Current
5(8)
5(8)
10(15)
(5)
10(15)
nA
Input Resistance
3
3
3
3
3
Mn
Vc = ±3V
Large Signal Voltage Gain R[_ = 10Kft
Vs = ± 1 5V
40 (25)
AOO (50)
40 (25)
100 (50)
40 (25)
75 (50)
100 (50) 2
75 (50) 2
V/mV ,
o • V S = ±3V, R L =10Kft
Output Voltage Swing
H M a V S = ±15V, R L =10K«
±1.5 (±1.0)
±11 (±10)
±11 (±10j 2
±11 2
V
CMRR Rs< 10Kft
(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)
dB
Vc = ±3V
PSRR Re < 10KI2 *
a V S = ±15V
(200)
(150)
(200)
(150)
(200)
(150)
(150) 2
(150) 2
MV/V
Vc = ±3V
Power Consumption , Ri =
Vs = ±15V ■
(240)
(1200)
(240)
(1200)
(240)
(1200)
(480) 2
(600) 2
MW
Average TC of Offset Voltage R S = 10K (±15V for 1250)
4 (typ)
4 (typ)
6 (typ)
5 (typ)
5(typ)
*iV/°C
Average TC of Offset Current Rs = 10K (±15V for 1250)
2 (typ)
2 (typ)
1 (typ)
1.7 (typ)
1 (typ)
pA/°C
Equiv. Input Noise Voltage f = 10Hz (±15V for 1250)
35 (typ)
35 (typ)
35 (typ)
35 (typ)
35 (typ)
nV/y^z
Equiv. Input Noise Current f = 10Hz (±15V for 1250)
0.5 (typ)
0.5 (typ)
0.5 (typ)
0.5 (typ)
0.5 (typ)
pA//Hz
Slew Rate R|_ = 20K, C L = 100pF
0.2 (typ)
0.2 (typ)
0.2 (typ)
0.16 (typ)
0.16 (typ)
V/mS
Small Signal Unity Gain-Bandwidth, Rf = O,
V jn » 20m V. R L = 20Kfi
-
-
-
250 (typ)
250 (typ)
kHz
Parameters for 1250/2250/3250 are min/max limits either at T^ = 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in parentheses),
for supply voltage of .±.3V to Jl15V and for a quiescent current of 30 jliA established by an R^t of 1.1 M£2 for V s jt3V and 7.5 MSI for
Parameters for 4250/4250C are min/max limits either at T A
supply voltage of jfc6V and quiescent current of 30 /LtA.
Not to exceed either supply voltage
SETTING' QUIESCENT CURRENT
RESISTOR BIASING
: 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in parentheses), for
v s
QUIESCENT CURRENT
10JUA
30JUA
100/UA
300JUA
±1.5
1.5MS2
470k£2
150k£2
±3
3.3M12
1.1M£2
330k£2
100k£2
±6
7.5M12
2JMQ,
750k£2
220k£2
±9
13M12
4MS2
1.3M&2
350k£2
±12
18lvtf2
5.6M12
1.5MJ2
510k£2
±15
22M12
7.5M£2
2.2M&
620k£2
CURRENT SOURCE BIASING
«Q
Iset
lOjUA
1.3JUA
30jUA
4JUA
100/UA
15/LlA
300jUA
50jUA
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
ADJUST
OUTPUT (t
Rset([
TOP VIEW
Minidip
MorY
gv.
n
51
General-Purpose Compensated Operational Amplifiers
SG1536/1436 /1436C
SGI 536/1 436/1 436 C are intended specifically for use in high voltage
applications where high common mode input ranges, high output voltage
swings and low input currents are required. These devices are internally
compensated and are pin compatible with industry-standard operational
amplifiers.
Usable with up to ±40V supplies
Provides up to ±30V output voltage swing
Common mode voltages to ±24V
Input current 35nA max over temperature
SG1556/1456/1456C
This series offers excellent input characteristics plus a five-times
improvement in slew rate over conventional amplifiers.
Low bias current 15nA max
Low input offset voltage 4.0m V max
Fast slew rate 2.5V/jus typical
Low power consumption 45mW max
Output short circuit protection
PARAMETERS*
1536 1
1436 1
1436C 1
1556
1456
1456C
UNITS
Supply Voltage
±40
±34
±30
±15
±15
±15
V
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +75
to +75
-55 to +125
to +75
to +75
°C
Package Types
T, Y
T, Y
-
Input Offset Voltage
5.0 (7.0)
10
12
4.0 (6.0)
10(14)
12
mV
Input Offset Current
3.0 (7.0)
10(14)
25
2.0(5.0)
10(14)
30
nA
Input Bias Current
20 (35)
40(55)
90
15 (30)
30(40)
90
nA
Large Signal Voltage Gain
100(50)
70(50)
50
100(40)
70(40)
25*
V/mV
Common Mode Rejection
80
70
50
80
70
110 (typ)
dB
Power Supply Rejection
100
200
50
100
200
75 (typ)
/xV/V
Input Common Mode Range
±24
±22
±18
±12
±11
±10.5
V
Differential Input Voltage (V)
±(V + + |V-|-3V)
iV s
±v s
±v s
V
Unity Gain Bandwidth
1.0 (typ)
1 .0 (typ)
1.0 (typ)
1.0 (typ)
1 .0 (typ)
1.0 (typ)
MHz
Slew Rate
2.0 (typ)
2.0 (typ)
2.0 (typ)
2.5 (typ)
2.5 (typ)
2.5 (typ)
V/mS
Supply Current
4.0
5.0
5.0
1.5
3.0
4.0
mA
Output Voltage Swing Rl * 2kft
±22 T
±20 '
±20 l
±12
±11
±10
V
R L = 10k«
±30 5
-
-
-
-
-
V
Noise (typ)
Aw ■- 100, R s = 10k«. f - 1 .0 KHz.
BW- 1.0Hz
50
50
50
45
45
45
nV/(Hz) 1 /*
(typ)
* Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at T^ = 25°C (or over operating temperature range i
enclosed in parentheses), unless otherwise indicated.
' V s = JL15V
Inputs are shunted with back-to-back diodes for over voltage protection
R L = 5 k£l
R L = 5.0kfl, V s = A36V.
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
ADJUST
OUTPUT (i
*(i
NC (l
TOP VIEW
Mlnidlp
MorY
ri NON-INVERTING
i! INPUT +
ri INVERTING
D INPUT -
71 OFFSET
^ ADJUST
SG1536/1436/1436C Chip (See T-packaoa diagram
for pad functions)
SG1556/1456/1456C Chip
(See T-package diagram for pad functions)
Balancing Circuit (Optional)
52
High Performance Operational Amplifiers
SG1660
SG1760
The SG1660 is a superior, functional, and pin for pin, replacement for
the 301 A, 748C and 201 operational amplifiers. The SG1660 is also
frequently a desirable replacement for the 308/308A types due to its lower
cost.
The SG 1760 is an internally compensated version of the SGI 660 and is
a superior replacement for the 307 and 741 type op amps.
• 15nA input bias current
• 2.0nA input offset current
• Low power — 7.5mW (typ)
• CMRRof80dB
• PSRRof80dB
• Available in minidip
15 nA input bias current
2.0 nA input offset current
Low power — 7.5 mW (typ)
CMRR of 80 dB
PSRR of 80 dB
Available in minidip
Compensation Circuit
PARAMETERS*
1660
1760
UNITS
Supply Voltage
±5 to ±15
±5 to ±15
V
Operating Temperature Range
to +70
to +70
oc
Package Types
T, J, M, Y, F
-
Input Offset Voltage
7.5 (10.0)
7.5 (10.0)
mV
Input Offset Current
2.0 (4)
2.0 (4)
nA
Input Bias Current
15 (25)
15(25)
nA
Temp Coeff. Input Offset Voltage
30
30
mV/oc
Temp Coeff. Input Offset Current
0.04
0.04
nV/<>C
Large Signal Voltage Gain
25(15)*
25(15)*
V/mV
Common Mode Rejection
(80)
(80)
dB
Power Supply Rejection
(80)
(80)
mV/V
Input Common Mode Voltage Range
(±13.5) 3
(±13.5) 3
V
Differential Input Voltage
±1 4
±1 4
V
o. « A " = !'
0.1
0.1
v/ M s
A v = 10
1 (typ)
1 (typ)
Unity Gain Bandwidth
0.3 (typ)
0.3 (typ)
MHz
Supply Current
0.75 2
0.75 2
mA
v out R L =10kfi
±13
±13
V
Noise
R s =1kft f = 10Hz to 10kHz
4
4
juV(rms)
R s « 500kf2 f = 10Hz to 10kHz
20
20
(typ)
♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at
1"a - 25°C (or over operating temperature range if enclosed in parentheses),
unless otherwise indicated.
Rl
= lOktl, V s -
Jil5V
tl5V, V out = A10V 2 T A = 70°C (1000 MA at 0°C)
Inputs are shunted with back-to-back diodes for overvoltage protection.
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
SGI 660 Chip (See T-package diagram
for pad functions)
SG1760 Chip (See T-package diagram
for pad functions)
(not required for 1 760)
OUTPUT [•
freocompb[>
n
3v-
i| NON-INVERTING
J INPUT
Ti INVERTING
3 INPUT
TJ FREQC0MPA
v-[T
OUTPUT (7
V + (T
freocompbU
FREQCOMPA|i«
I] NON-INVERTING INPUT
Hi.
D NC
3nc
53
INTERFACE CIRCUITS
Line Drivers
Line Receivers
Quad Line Receivers
Quad Bus Receivers
Quad Bus Tranceivers
Voltage Comparators
Quad Comparators
Dual Peripheral Drivers
54
Voltage Comparators
SGlll/211/311
The SG1 11/21 1/311 are medium speed, high input impedance devices
which are especially well suited for use in level detection and low level
voltage sensing applications. Operation may be obtained from supply
voltages ranging from ±15V down to a single +5V source.
The output, an open collector NPN capable of switching 50V and
50mA, can drive RTL, DTL, TTL, MOS logic, relays or lamps. Both input
and output can be isolated from ground and the output can drive loads
referred to a positive supply, ground or a negative supply. These devices
also offer offset balance, strobe capability and pin configuration of the
SG710 Comparator.
• Differential input voltage range of ±30V
• 150nA maximum bias current
• Consumes 135mW at ±15V
PARAMETERS*
111
211
311
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
-25 to +85
to +70
PC
Package Types
T,J
T, J
, M
Supply Voltage
±15
V
Input Offset Voltage Rs < 50k
3 (4.0) 2
7.5 (10.0) 2
mV
Input Offset Current
10 (20) 2
50 (70) 2
nA
Input Bias Current
100(150)
250 (300)
nA
Voltage Gain
200 (typ)
200 (typ)
V/mV
Response Time 1
200 (typ)
200 (typ)
nS
Saturation Voltage Isjpk = 50 mA
V + = 4.5V
Uink = 8 mA
v- = OV smK
1.5
0.4
1.5
0.4
V
V
Output Leakage Current
10(500)
50
nA
Differential Input Voltage max
±30
±30
V
Total Supply Voltage, Vg4 max
36
36
V
Input Voltage Range
±14 (typ)
±14 (typ)
V
Positive Supply Current
6.0
7.5
mA
Negative Supply Current
5.0
5.0
mA
Output Voltage, V74
50 3
40 3
V
♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at T^ = 25°C
(or over operating temperature range if enclosed in parentheses), unless otherwise indicated.
The response time specified is for a lOOmV input step with 5mV overdrive.
The offset voltages and offset currents given are the maximum values required to drive the
output down to IV or up to 14V with 1mA load.
3
Output voltage levels can be changed for compatibility with DTL and T2L logic levels.
SG1 11/21 1/311 Chip (See
T-package diagram for pad
functions)
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
COLLECTOR [i
OUTPUT M
NC £
nc m
NC £
NC £
TOP VIEW
JorN
Package
3 BALANCE
Ev-
3 NC
71 INVERTING
J INPUT
3] NON-INVERTING
- 1 INPUT
7J GNO/EMITTER
J OUTPUT
3nc ■
BALANCE js
COLLECTOR |7
OUTPUT L
■ E
TOP VIEW
INPUT
71 GND/EMITTER
-U OUTPUT
55
Quad Comparators
SG139/239/339 SG139A/239A/339A / SG3302*
The S6139 scries describes a monolithic IC containing four inde-
pendent voltage comparators designed to provide maximum utility and
versatility in a single package. Unique features of this device include the
ability to operate with either a single or dual-polarity power supply and
a common-mode voltage range including ground, even when using a single
supply voltage. Additionally, the open-collector output stage provides
easy interfacing with all types of logic circuitry.
• Wide supply voltage range: 2 to 36 volts or
±1 to ±18 volts.
• Low supply current (0.8 mA) insensitive to
supply voltage.
• Inj&ut bias current of 25 nA typically.
• Compare voltages at ground common mode.
• Output compatible with DTL. TTL, ECL.
MOS, and CMOS Logic.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A = 250C, see Note 3)
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Differential Input Voltage
input Voltage Range (Mote 1)
Input Current (V |N <-0.3Vdct
Output Sink Current
Power Dissipation
*2$°C
Derate above 25°C
Output Short Circuit to Gnd (Note 2)
Operating Temperature Range
SG139<J-pkgomy)
Storage Temperature Range
Lead Temperature (Soldering. 10 sec.)
+36Vor±18V
36V
-0.3V to +36V
50mA
20mA
600mW
6.0mW/<»C
lOOOmW
6.7mW/°C
Continuous
-65°Cto+125°C
-25°C to +85°C
0°Cto+70°C
-65°Cto+150°C
300°C
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
Conditions
SG139
SG139A
SG239/339
SG239A/339A
Parameter
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Units
Input Offset Voltage
At Output Switch Point,
Vrj&! 1.4Vdc.Vref =
+1.4VocandRs = 0S2
±2.0
±5.0
±2.0
±5.0
mVQC
*"A" Versions
±2.0
±2.0
mVpc
Input Bias Current (Note 4)
!|N(+) or l|N(-) With Output
in Linear Range
25
100
25
250
nAQC
Input Offset Current
»IN(+) - 'IN(-)
±3.0
±25
±5.0
±50
nAQC
Input Common-Mode Voltage
Range (Note 1)
V+-1.5
V+-1.5
vdc
Supply Current
R L = oo On Ail Comparators
0.8
2.0
0.8
2.0
mAoc
Voltage Gain
R L > 15kft
200
200
V/mV
Large Signal Response Time
V|(s| = TTL Logic Swing,
VREF=+1.4V DC ,VRL =
5.0V DC andR L = 5.1kn
300
300
ns
Response Time (Note 5)
Vrl= 5.0VocandRL =
5.1 kS2
1.3
1.3
Ms
Output Sink Current
V|N(-)>+1.0V DC .V|N(+) =
and Vo<+15Vqc
6
16
6
16
mApC
Saturation Voltage
V| N (.)>+1.0V D C.V|N(+)=0
and IsiNK^ 4.0 mA
250
500
250
500
mVQC
Output Leakage Current
V|N(+) >+ 10 V DC , V|N(-) =
and VquT = 5.0 Vqc
0.1
0.1
nAoC
Ta = Operating Temperature Range
Input Offset Voltage
At Output Switch Point, Vfj S
1.4 Vqc. VreF = +1.4 Vdc and
R S = 0fi
+9.0
+9.0
mVDC
Input Offset Current
l|N(+)-l|N(-)
±100
±150
nADC
Input Bias Current
l|N(+) or 'lN(-) With Output in
Linear Range
300
400
nA D C
Input Common-Mode Voltage
Range
V+-2.0
V+-2.0
v D c
Saturation Voltage
V|N(-)^+1.0V DC .V|N(+) =
and IsiNK ^ 4.0 mA
700
700
mVoc
Output Leakage Current
Vin(+) > + io vdc. vin(-) = o
and VoUT = 30 Vqc
1.0
1.0
madc
Differential Input Voltage
KeepAIIV| N 's>OVDC(or
V-, if used)
36
36
vdc
irator gam more than 0.3 volt volts for
__^ is on causing high input current S6139A,
d possible faulty outputs. This condition is not destructive providing Note 4:
• tne input current Is limited to less then 50 mA. „ PNP inpt
Note 2: Short circuits from the output to V+ can c
the SQ139. 239. and '3391 and V <
239A, and 339A.'
The direction of the input current ii
it of the IC due t<
t the output so no loading change exists on the reference or
Note 3: Unlets otherwise stated t
♦ Contact factory for 3302 test limits.
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
These comparators are high gain, wide bandwidth devices; which,
like moat circuits of this type, can easily oscillate with stray feedback
paths from output to input. This only occurs during the output voltage
transition intervals as the comparator changes state and can be mini-
mized by reducing the value of the input resistors to less than 10k&,
using P.C. board wiring rather than sockets, or providing a small
amount of positive feedback to cause rapid transitions. Power supply
bypassing is not normally required with this circuit.
All pins of any unused comparators should be grounded.
The differential input voltage may be larger than V+ without caus-
ing damage but if negative excursions greater than -0.3 volt are possible,
protection should be provided by a clamp diode and/or input resistor.
The output of this comparator is an uncommitted collector of a
grounded-emitter NPN transistor. Several collectors may be tied
together to provide a* wired-OR function. An output pull-up resistor
can be connected to any available power supply voltage up to 36 volts
with respect to the GNO terminal, regardless of the voltage level applied
to the V+ terminal. The output can also be used as a simple SPST
switch to ground when no pull-up resistor is used.
The amount of current which the output transistor can sink is
limited by its drive to about 16 mA. Exceeding this current will cause.
the transistor to come out of saturation and the output voltage will
rise very rapidly. The amount of saturation voltage is determined by
the rsa t of the output transistor which is approximately 60 ohms.
MOS TO TTL TO MOS LEVEL SHIFT
Voltage Comparators
SG710/710C
SG711/711C
The SG710/710C are high-speed voltage comparators designed for use
in level detection, low-level sensing and memory applications. Inherent,
component matching provides low offset voltage and drift as well as high
accuracy and fast response. The output of the comparator is compatible
with all forms of saturating logic.
The S6711/S6711C are dual voltage comparators designed for use in
core-memory sense amplifier applications, pulse height detectors, and as a
double-ended limit sensor for automatic go/no-go test equipment. Inherent
component matching provides low offset voltage and drift as well as high
accuracy and fast response. With an output compatible with all forms of
saturation logic, the device also has provisions for independent strobing of
each comparator channel.
PARAMETERS*
710
710C
711 3
71 1C 3
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +70
-55 to +125
to +70
°c
Package Types
T, J, N
T, J,N
-
Supply Voltage (max)
+14.0, -7.0
+14.0. -7.0
+14.0, -7.0
+14.0, -7.0
V
Input Offset Voltage 2
2.0 (3.0)
5.0 (6.5)
3.5 (6.0)
5.0 (10)
mV
Input Offset Current 2
3.0 (7.0)
5.0 (7.5)
10 (20)
15(25)
MA
Input Bias Current
20 (45)
25(40)
75(150)
100(150)
ma
Voltage Gain
1250(1000)
1000 (800)
750 (500)
700 (500)
V/V
Response Time (typ)
40 (typ)
40 (typ)
60 (max)
40 (typ)
nS
Differential Input Voltage
±5.0
±5.0
±5.0
±5.0
V
Output Sink Current
2.0 (0.5)
1.6(0.5)
0.5
0.5
mA
Positive Output Voltage
2.5/4.0
2.5/4.0
2.5/5.0
2.5/5.0
V
Negative Output Voltage
-1.0/0
-1.0/0
-1.0/0
-1 .0/0
V
Input Common Mode Range
±5.0
±5.0
±5.0
±5.0
V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
80
70
-
-
dB
Power Supply Current
9.0
9.0
10.0
7.2 (typ)
mA
Power Consumption
150
150
150
150
mW
Strobe Current
-
-
2.5
2.5
mA
♦Parameters apply over supply voltage range and are min./max. limits either at T A = 25°C (or over operating
temperature range if enclosed in parentheses), unless otherwise indicated.
The response time specified is for a lOOmv input step with 5mV overdrive.
The offset voltages and offset currents given are the maximum values required to drive the output to 1.4Vdc at
25°C, 1.8Vdc at 0° or — 55°C, l.OVdc at +70° or 125°C.
Each comparator.
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
SG710/710C
SG710/710C Chip
(See T-package dia-
gram for pad functions)
NC (•
OUTPUT [«
NC |»
TOP VIEW
V+ Si JorN
Package
NC Fj
Nc£
NC £
H
SG711/711C
3nc
s] NC
7\ INVERTING
" INPUT
j\ NON-INVERTING
J INPUT
2] GNO
7] NC
SG711/711CChip
(See T-package diagram
for pad functions)
NC (•
STROBE 2 H
OUTPUT fj
V+ EJ
GND [«
STROBE 1 ||3
Nc£
TOP VIEW
J or N
Package
3nc
3v-
INPUT 1
t] NC
57
Line Drivers
SG1488
The SG1488 is a monolithic quad line driver designed to interface data
terminal equipment with data communications equipment in conformance
with the specifications of EIA Standard No. RS-232C.
Current limited output
10mA typ
Power-Off source impedance
300 ohms minimum
Simple slew rate control with
external capacitor
Flexible operating supply range
Compatible with all DTL and
TTL logic families
PARAMETERS*
1488
UNITS
Supply Voltage (max, Ta = 25°C)
+15,-15
V
Input Signal Voltage (max, Ta = 25°C)
-15 < V in < 7.0
V
Output Signal Voltage (max, Ta = 25°C)
±15
V
Package Types
J
-
Operating Temperature Range
to +75
OC
Forward Input Current (Vj n = Vdc)
1.6
mA
Reverse Input Current (Vj n = +5.0 Vdc)
10
MA
Output Voltage High
(V jn = 0.8 Vdc, R L = 3.0kft, V + = +9.0 Vdc, V~ = -9.0 Vdc)
(V in = 0.8 Vdc, R L = 3.0kft, V + = +13.2 Vdc, V~ = -13.2 Vdc)
+6.0
+9.0
V
Output Voltage Low
(V in = 1.9 Vdc, R L = 3.0kft, V + = +9.0 Vdc, V~ = -9.0 Vdc)
(V jn = 1.9 Vdc, R L = 3.0kft, V + = +13.2 Vdc, V~ = -13.2 Vdc)
-6.0
-9.0
V
Positive Output Short-Circuit Current
+6.0/+12
mA
Negative Output Short-Circuit Current
-6.0/- 12
mA
Output Resistance (V + = V~ = 0, |V | = ±2.0V)
300 (min)
ft
Positive Supply Current (R\_ - «>)
V in = 0.8/1.9V V+ = +9V
V+= 12V
V + = 15V
6/20
7/25
12/34
mA
Negative Supply Current (Rl - °°)
V jn = 0.8/1. 9V V~ = -9V
V- = -12V
V~ = -15V
0/-17
0/-23
-2.5/-34
mA
Power Dissipation
(V + = 9.0 Vdc, V- = -9.0 Vdc)
(V+ = 12 Vdc, V- = -12 Vdc)
333
576
mW
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS (V + = +9.0 ± 1% Vdc, V~ = -9.0 ± 1% Vdc, T A = +25°C)
Propagation Delay Time (Z\_ = 3.0k and 15 pF) 200
nS
Fall Time (Z L = 3.0k and 15 pF)
75
nS
Propagation Delay Time (Zl = 3.0k and 15 pF)
120
nS
Rise Time (Zl = 3.0k and 15 pF)
100
nS
♦Parameters are min/max limits with V + = +9.0 ± 1% Vdc, V
unless otherwise noted.
-9.0 ± 1% Vdc, T A = to +75°C
Logic Diagram
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
Typical Application
LINE DRIVER
SG1488J
r-.\
x>
DTL LOGIC INPUT -
DTL LOGIC OUTPUT
58
Line Receivers
SG1489/1489A
The SG1489 monolithic quad line receivers are designed to interface data terminal equipment with data communications equipment in
conformance with the specifications of EIA Standard No. RS-232C.
• Input Resistance — 3.0k to 7.0k&
• Input Signal Range - ±30 Volts
• Input Threshold Hysteresis Built In
• Response Control
a) Logic Threshold Shifting
b) Input Noise Filtering
PARAMETERS*
1489/1489A
UNITS
Power Supply Voltage (max, T^ - 25°C)
10
V
Input Signal Range (max, T/\ ■ 25°C)
±30
V
Output Load Current (T^ * 25°C)
20
mA
Package Types
J
-
Power Dissipation (Package Limitation, Ceramic Dual In-Line Package)
Derate above T/\ - +25°C
1000
6.7
mW
mW/°C
Operating Temperature Range
to +75
oc
Storage Temperature Range
-65 to +175
o C
Positive Input Current (V m - +25 Vdc)
(V in = +3.0 Vdc)
3.6/8.3
0.43
mA
Negative Input Current (Vj n = -25 Vdc)
(V jn - -3.0 Vdc)
-3.6/-8.3
-0.43
mA
Input Turn-On Threshold Voltage
(T A - +250C, Vql < 0.45V) SG 1 489J
SG 1489 A J
1.0/1.5
1.75/2.25
V
Input Turn-Off Threshold Voltage
(Ta = +25°C, Vqh > 25V, I L = -0.5 mA) SG1489J
SG 1489 A J
0.75/1.25
0.75/1.25
V
Output Voltage High (V in - 0.75V, l|_ - -0.5mA)
(Input Open Circuit, \{_ = —0.5 mA)
2.6/5.0
2.6/5.0
V
Output Voltage Low (Vj n = 3.0V, I l ■ 10mA)
0.45
V
Power Supply Current (Vj n = +5.0Vdc)
26
mA
Power Consumption (Vj n - +5.0Vdc)
130
mW
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS (T A =+25QC)
Propagation Delay Time (R[_ - 3.9kH)
85
nS
Rise Time (R|_ ■ 3.9kft)
175
nS
Propagation Delay Time (Rl = 390 fl)
50
nS
Fall Time (R L - 390 «)
20
nS
♦Parameters are min./max. limits with response control pin open, v + = +5.0 Vdc ±1%, T^ = to +75°C unless
otherwise noted.
Logic Diagram
10 Jp C3 13 O — JO 01
20 * 120 *
;^P^ 6 v +__
r
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
FOR J-PACKAGE
Typical Application
LINE DRIVER INTERCONNECTING LINE RECEIVER
S0 1488 J CABLE S0 1489 J
r— .\
SG1489/1489A Chip
(See logic diagram for
:h>
J INTER-
CONNECTING !
OTL LOGIC INPUT w |— ■ CABLE ~*+"
I I
$&
- OTL LOGIC OUTPUT
59
DUAL HIGH-CURRENT OUTPUT DRIVER
SG1627 / SG3627
DESCRIPTION
The SG1627 and SG3627 devices are monolithic, high-
speed driver integrated circuits designed to interface
digital control logic with high current loads. Each device
contains two independent drivers which will either source
or sink up to 500 mA of current. The sink transistor is
designed as a saturating switch while the source
transistor can be used either as a switch or as a constant
current generator with external resistor programming.
Each half of this device contains both inverting and non-
inverting inputs which have two volt thresholds for high
noise immunity. Either input can be used alone to switch
the output, or one input can be strobed with the other.
These units have been designed to directy interface with
the SG1524 Regulating Pulse Width Modulator Circuit.
These devices are supplied in\ ceramic 16-pin D.I.L.
packages. The SG 1627 is specified for operation over a
-55° C to +125°C temperature range while the SG3627 is
intended for industrial applications of 0°C to +100°C.
FEATURES
• Two independent driver circuits
• Outputs will source or sink currents
to 500 mA
• 100 nSec response time
• Full compatibility with SG1524 PWM circuit
• Constant current drive capability
• Two volt threshold for high noise immunity
• Source and sink can be separated for
complementary outputs
SCHEMATIC (one half of total device shown)
«-»~ To Side B
6vS jK
CHIP LAYOUT
CONNECTION DIAGRAM (TO-1 16 OUTLINE)
60
DUAL HIGH-CURRENT OUTPUT DRIVER
SG1627 / SG3627
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Supply Voltage, Vqc 30v
Output Collector Voltage 30V
Source or Sink Current 500 mA
Input Voltage 5.5V
Input Current 10 mA
Avg. Total Power Dissipation (Note 1 ) 1 000 mW
Derate Above 50°C 1 mW/QC
Operating Temperature Range
SG1627
SG3627
Storage Temperature Range
-550Cto+1250C
0OCto+100OC
-65OCto+150OC
Note 1 : Total power dissipation is the sum of the control
logic power plus the power of each source and sink output
transistor, factored for duty cycle.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Unless otherwise stated, these specifications apply for Tj
QOC to +1 00°C for the SG3627. VrjC = 5V.
-550C to +1250C for the SG1627 and
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
High-Level Input Voltage
2.8
-
5.5
Volts
Low-Level Input Voltage
-
1.4
Volts
Input Threshold
-
2.0
-
Volts
Low-Level Input Current
V|=0
-
-1.0
-2.0
mA
Source Off, Leakage Current
Collector V = 30V
-
0.3
1.0
mA
Source On, Collector Sat.
(Source Emitter Grounded,
RSC = 0)
'source = 50 mA
-
1.1
1.7
Volts
'source = 300 m A
-
1.2
1.9
Volts
'source = 500 mA
-
1.3
2.0
Volts
Source On, Emitter Voltage
'source = -50 mA
(Vcc-3V)
-
-
Volts
Sink Off, Leakage Current
Collector V = 30V
-
1.0
100
ma
Sink On, Collector Sat.
•sink = 50 mA
-
0.2
0.4
Volts
l s ink = 300mA,Vcc = 20V
'" N
0.5
0.7
Volts
'sink = 500 mA, l D oost = 25 mA
0.5
0.7
Volts
Current Limit Sense Voltage
RSC=10n,T A = 25OC
600
700
800
mV
Sense Voltage Temp. Coef.
RSC = 10ft
-
1.8
-
mV/oC
Supply Current
(Both sink transistors on)
V C C = 5V
15
20
mA
V C C = 20V
50
65
mA
V C C = 30V
80
90
mA
Output Response, Turn On
Fig. 4, RL = 24n,TA = 250C
-
50
-
nS
Output Response, Turn Off
Fig. 4, R L = 24£2,Ta = 250C
-
100
-
nS
Thermal Resistance ja
-
80
110
OC/W
Thermal Resistance 0jc
-
45
60
OC/W
TOTEM POLE OUTPUT SWITCH CIRCUIT
"TOTEM POLE"
OUTPUT WAVEFORM
61
High-Current Switch Driver
ADVANCE DATA
SG1629/3629
Note: Performance data described herein represent design goals. Final
device specifications are subject to change.
The SG1629 and SG3629 are monolithic integrated circuits designed to
generate the positive and negative base drive currents (l^i and 1^2) required
for high-speed, high power switching transistors. These units are intended
to interface between the secondary of a drive transformer and the base of
an NPN switching device. Positive drive current can be made constant with
an external programming resistor, or can be clamped with a diode to keep
the switching device out of saturation. Negative turn-off current is derived
from a negative voltage generated in an external capacitor. All operating
power is supplied by the transformer secondary and these devices can be
floated at high levels with respect to ground for off-line, bridge converters.
• Self-generating positive and negative currents
• Constant source current (l^i ) to one amp
• Two amp peak sink current (l^) to negative voltage
• Floating operation
• Baker clamp input for non-saturated switching
• 200 nanosecond response
For medium power applications, these units are available in an 8-pin, mini-
cerdip, D.I.L. package; while high power capability is offered in a 9-pin,
TO-66 case. In either package, the SG1629 is specified for operation over
a -55°C to +125°C temperature range while the SG3629 is intended for
industrial applications of 0°C to +100°C.
Electrical Characteristics:
(Unless otherwise stated, these specifications apply for Ta
+125QC for the SG1629 and 0°C to +100°C for the SG3629.
-55°C to
Absolute Maximum Ratings:
Input Voltage + or - Inputs
20V
Collector to Emitter Voltage, Source or Sink
20V
Source Current
2.0 A
Sink Current
3.0 A
Sink Rectifier Current
100mA
Average Total Power Dissipation
(Note!)
R-Package (TO-66)
2500 mW
Derate above 50°C
25 mW/oC
Y-Package (Mini-ceridip)
800 mW
Derate above 50°C
8 mW/°C
Operating Temperature Range
SG1629
-55°C to +1 25<>C
SG3629
0°Cto+100<*C
Storage Temperature Range
-65°Cto+150OC
Note 1: Total power dissipation must include the power in both source
and sink transistors times the duty cycle for each.
Schematic:
v*nO— W
Parameter
Conditions
Typ.
Units
Collector to Emitter Voltage
Source or Sink
v BE = o
30
V
Source Saturation Voltage
I source = 100mA
1
V
• source ~ 500 mA
1.5
V
I source = 1 A
2
V
Clamp Current
+V iri = 20V
18
mA
Current Limit Sense Voltage
' source = 100 mA
.65
V
I source = 1 A
.7
V
Sink Saturation Voltage
» sink = 100 mA
1.0
V
Force Beta = 100
I sink = 500 mA
1.2
V
I sink = 2 A
1.5
V
Sink Current Gain
' sink ~ 2 A
500
Collector to Emitter Leakage
Source or Sink
V B E=0,V CE = 20V
5
JUA
Sink Rectifier Forward Voltage
IF =50mA
1
V
Sink Rectifier Leakage Current
V R =40
1
JUA
Source Response
Turn On
200
nSec
Turn Off
200
nSec
Sink Response
Turn On
200
nSec
Turn Off
400
nSec
Thermal Resistance
R -Package
<*JA
40
OC/W
ffJC
7
©C/W
Y-Package
0JA
125
OC/W
ffjc
40
©C/W
Connection Diagrams:
SinkC (j5
3 SinkE
Clamp [|
3 -v in
r.Sen. [7
7J Sink Dr.
urceE [5
n
3 +v i«
62
High-Current Switch Driver
SG1629 / 3629
-w-
H
3K
.J
Switching
Transistor
T
Figure 1. A centertapped secondary provides low-loss derivation of
negative bias voltage. R3 is only necessary if control of discharge current
is required.
Figure 2. Maximum drive current consistant with load demand is provided
by anti-saturation clamp diode D1, a high-voltage, high-speed, device.
wu
-I
I
I
^
x
0-W-
IS
r^i
Figure 3. A non-centertapped secondary can also be used to generate a
negative bias voltage by the voltage drop across R4. In any of the above
applications, R5 can be used to keep the switching transistor off under
static conditions while the use of C1 alone to the sink drive will provide
dynamic turn-off without a steady-state discharge of C2.
63
SG5520/7520 Series Sense Amplifiers
SG7520/39 — High Speed Sense Amplifiers will detect bipolar
differential signals from memory core arrays and provide logic-level
outputs for interfacing with external logic. These devices are intended
for systems requiring threshold voltage levels of ±15 mV to ±40 mV.
SG7520/21 — Two sense amplifiers are connected to a common
output stage with capability of being flip-flop connected as part of the
memory output register.
SG7522/23 — Two sense amplifiers are connected to a common
output stage. Open collector output transistors may be used as
wiredOR.
SG7524/25 — Two sense amplifiers with independent output stages.
SG7528/29 — Similar to SG7524/25 except analog test points are
brought out.
SG7534/35 — Similar to the SG7524/25 except it has logically
inverted outputs with open collectors for wired-OR.
SG7538/39 — Similar to the SG 7528/29 except it has logically
inverted outputs with open collectors for wired-OR.
SG55XX Series — Available for operation over full temperature range.
PARAMETERS 1
CONDITIONS
SG7520,
21,22,23
24,25,28,29
34,35,38,39
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
Free Air
to +70
OC
Package Types
J, N (16 pin)
OC
Differential Input Threshold Voltage (min/typ/max)
V ref = 1 5mV SG7520, 22, 24, 28, 34, 38
SG7521,23, 25, 29, 35. 39
V re f =* 40mV SG7520, 22, 24, 28, 34, 38
SG7521.23, 25, 29, 35, 39
11/15/19
8/15/22
36/40/44
33/40/47
mV
Common Mode Input Firing Voltage 3
T A = 25°C, Common Mode Input Pulse:
x r = *f < 15ns, tp(j n ) = 50ns
±2 (typ)
V
Differential Input Bias Current
V + = 5.25V, V- = -5.25V, V jnD = OmV
75
M A
Logical 1 Input Voltage (gate & strobe inputs)
* V + = 4.75V, V- = -4.75V, V in ( ) - 0.8V
2
V
Logical Input Voltage (gate & strobe inputs)
V + - 4.75V, V- = -4.75V, V m M = 2V
0.8
V
Logical Level Input Current (gate & strobe inputs)
V + = 5.25V, V- = -5.25V, V in ( ) = 0.4V
-1.6
mA
Logical 1 Level Input Current (gate & strobe inputs)
V + = 5.25V, V- = -5.25V, V in d ) = 2.4V
(withV in(1 ) = V + )
40
1
MA
mA
Logical 1 Output Voltage
V+ = 4.75V, V- = -4.75V, l| oad = -400jliA,
Vin(1) = 2V,V in( o)= 0.8V
2.4
V
Logical Output Voltage
V+ = 4.75V, V- = -4.75V, l sjnk = 16mA V jn ( ) =
0.8V
0.4
V
V+ Supply Current
T A = 25°C
28 (typ)
mA
V— Supply Current
T A = 25QC
-15 (typ)
mA
Output Short Circuit Current (except 7520/2 1Q)
V+ = 5.25V, V- = -5.25V
2.1/3.5
mA
Output Q Short Circuit Current 7520/21
|V + = 5.25V, V- = 5.25VI
3.3/5.0
mA
Output Leakage Current (7522/23/34/35/38/39)
V+ = 4.75V, V- = -4.75V, V out = 5.25V, V in = 2V
250
juA
Differential Input Overload Recovery Time
VjnD = 2V f t r = tf = 20ns T A = 25°C
20 (typ)
nS
Common Mode Input Overload Recovery Time 5
Vj n CM = ±2V, t r = t f = 20ns T A = 25°C
20 (typ)
nS
Minimum Cycle Time
T A = 25°C
200 (typ)
nS
PROPAGATION DELAY
7520/21 (nS MAX)
(nS
7522/23 MAX)
7524/25 (nS
7528/29 MAX)
7534/35 (nS
TIMES (T A = 25°C)
OUTPUT Q OUTPUT Q
7538/39 MAX)
Input: A-| — A2 or B-j — B2
tpd(1)D (40) tpd(0)D (55)
tpd(0)D (45)
tpd(1)D (40)
tpd(0)D (40)
Input: Strobe A or B
tpd(1)S (30) tpd(0)S (55)
tpd(0)S (40)
tpd(1)S (30)
tpd(0)S (30)
Input: Gate Q
tpd(1)GQ(20) tpd(0)GQ(30)
tpd(0)G (25)
Input: GateQ
tpd(1)GQ
Parameters are min./max. limits with V+ = 5 V, V— = — 5V, T A = 0°Cto +70°C unless otherwise specified.
2
Vj is defined as the d— c input voltage required to force the output of the sense amplifier to the logic gate threshold voltage level.
3
V CMF ' s tne common-mode voltage that will exceed the dynamic range of the input at the specified conditions and cause the logic
output to switch. The specified common-mode input signal is applied with a strobe-enable signal present.
4
Time necessary for the device to recover from the specified differential-input-overload signal prior to the strobe-enable signal.
Time necessary for the device to recover from the specified common-mode-input overload signal prior to the strobe-enable signal.
Quad Bus Transceiver
SG55138 / SG75138
Description:
The SG55138 and SG75138 Quad Bus Transceiver are
designed for two way data communication over single
ended transmission lines. Each of the four identical
channels consists of a TTL input driver and a TTL output
receiver. The driver output is of the open-collector type,
and is designed to handle loads of up to 100 mA
(50 ohms to 5V). The receiver input is internally
connected to the driver output, and has a high impedance
to minimize loading of the transmission line. Because of
the high driver current, and the high receiver impedance, .
a very large number (typically hundreds) of transceivers
may be connected to a single data bus. The receiver
design also features a threshold of 2.3V (typical), pro-
viding a greater noise margin than would be possible
with a TTL threshold receiver. This device also features a
common driver strobe which turns off all drivers (high
impedance), but does not affect receiver operation. This
circuit is designed for operation from a single 5 volt
supply, and it includes a provision to minimize loading
of the data bus when the power supply voltage is zero.
This circuit is available in the 16-pin ceramic (J) package.
The SG75138 is characterized for industrial temperature
range operation (0°C to 70°C), and the SN55138 is
characterized for military temperature range operation
(-50°Ctol25°C).
Features:
• Single 5V Supply
• High Threshold Receivers
• High input Impedance Receivers
• Four Independent Channels
• Common Driver Strobe
• TTL/DTL Compatible Driver and Strobe Inputs
With Clamp Diodes
• High Speed Operation
• 100 mA Open-Collector Driver Outputs
• TTL Compatible Receiver Outputs
• Available in 16-Pin Ceramic (J) Packages
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Supply voltage, Vcc
Input voltage, V IN
Driver output sink current
Storage temperature
Operating free air temperature,
7.0V
5.5V
150 mA
-65°C to 150°C
SG55138 -55°Ctol25°C
SG75138 0°Cto 70°C
Electrical Characteristics over recommended operating free-air temperature range
.
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNIT
v High Level Input Voltage,
IH Driver or Strobe Inputs
2.0
V
w High Level Input
vih(R) Voltage, Rec. Input
V s = 2.0V
V 0L = 0.4V
l 0L = 16mA
SG55138
3.2
V
SG 75138
2.9
V
V, L Low Level Input Voltage,
Driver or Strobe Inputs
0.8
V
y Low Level Input
v "<<"> Voltage. Rec. Input
V 8 =. 2.0V
V OH = 2.4V
| 0H = 0.4mA
SG55138
1.5
V
SG75138
1.8
V
v High Level Output Voltage,
0H Rec. Output
Vcc = MIN., I „= .4mA
V IMH) =MAX, V 8 = 2.0V
2.4
3.5
V
v Low Level Output Voltage,
0L Rec. Output
Vcc=MIN.,l , = 16mA
V, H (R) = MIN., V 8 = 2.0V
400
mV
v Low Level Output Voltage,
OL Driver Output
Vcc =MIN., I 0I , = 100mA
V s = 0.8V, V D = 2.0V
450
mV
. High Level Input Current,
IH Driver or Strobe Inputs
Vcc = MAX.
V, = 2.4V
40
*A
V, = Vcc
1
mA
. High Level Input
IH Current, Receiver Input
Vcc = 5.0V, V, = 4.5V
V s = 2.0V
25
300
A
. Low Level Input Current
"' Driver or Strobe Inputs
Vcc = MAX., V, ■= 0.4V
-1
-1.6
mA
• Low Level Input
1L Current, Receiver Input
Vcc = MAX., V, = 0.45V
V s = 2.0V
-50
*A
. „ Short Circuit Output
08 Current, Rec. Output
V, = 0.8V, V„ = 2.0V
Vcc = MAX.
-18
-30
-55
mA
. Supply Current,
>CCL All Drivers On
Vcc = MAX., V 8 = 0.8V
V„ = 2.0V
50
65
mA
. Supply Current,
' CCH All Drivers Off
Vcc = MAX., V, = 2.0V
V R == 3.5V
42 ,
55
mA
R Input Current with
IK Power Off, Receiver Input
Vcc = 0.0V, V, = 4.5V
1.1
1.5
mA
v Input Clamp Voltage
IC Strobe, Driver Inputs
Vcc = MIN., I, = -12mA
-1.5
V
Switching Characteristics, V cc = 5.0V, Ta = 25°C
* Not more than one output at a time should
Recommended Operating Conditions
Supply Voltage, Vcc, SG55138
Supply Voltage, Vcc, SG75138
Driver Output Low Current, l 0UB1
Receiver Output Low Current l 0L(R)
Receiver Output High Current, I h<r)
Operating Free-Air Temp.,
SG55138
Operating Free-Air Temp.,
SG75138
be shorted.
ns
MIN. NOM.
MAX.
UNIT
4.5 5.0
5.5
V
4.75 5.0
5.25
V
100
mA
16
mA
R)
-.4
mA
PARAMETER
TEST COND.
MIN. NOM. MAX.
UNITS
Propagation daisy,
t in n\ low to high '***'
♦plmOB) busoutputfrom
drivar input.
V S =0.4V
C t =50pf
Ri=50«l
V t =5.0V
15 24
ns
14 24
n.
. /n a\ high to low laval
♦••hlCDB) but output from
drivar input.
Propagation dalay,
. ik b\ to* to high laval
t «j«( s - B ) but output from
strobe input.
V„ -2.4V
C t =50pf
R L =50fJ
V L =5.0V
18 28
ns
Propagation dalay,
t ro. n\ high to tow (aval
tpHLtSB) but output from
strobe input.
22 32
ns
Propagation delay,
» m n\ low to high level
*plh(BR) rec , iw , r output
from bus input.
V.=2.4V
C L =15pf
R L =40on
V L =5.0V
7 IS
ns
Propagation delay,
*»«l< br ) reMtveV Output
from but input.
8 IS
ns
LOGIC DIAGRAM
Vcc B4 R4 D4 S D3 R3 B3
H^HIiHl4T4^^
^jJiiKiKiHiHiJliHsP
GND Bl Rl Dl D2 R2 B2 GND
Positive logic: B = D + S,R = B
+ 125 °C
65
Quad Line Receiver
SG55154 / SG75154
Description
The SG55154 and SG75154 are monolithic Quadruple Line
Receivers designed to meet the requirements of El A
Standard RS-232-C. These devices are intended to inter-
face between data terminal equipment and communication
equipment but they can also be used for many other types
of relatively short, single-line, point-to-point data trans-
mission systems. While these devices are normally operated
from a single 5-volt supply, a built-in regulator allows
operation to 12 volts without additional components.
Two forms of hysteresis are provided: For normal opera-
tion, the threshold-control terminals are connected to
Vqq-j, pin 15 and the circuit operates with a wide hystere-
sis loop which yields no change in the output should the
inputs go to zero. In the fail-safe mode of operation, the
threshold -control terminals are left open and the hysteresis
loop is reduced such that the output will always go high if
the input goes to zero.
These units are packaged in a 16-pin hermetic cerdip dual-
in-line package. The SG55154 is rated for -55° to +125°C
operation while the SG75154 is specified for operation over
a 0° to +70°C range.
Features
• Fail-safe capability with adjustable input
threshold
• 3 kft to 7 kft input resistance
• Outputs compatible with DTLorTTL
• Built-in hysteresis
• 5V or 12V single supply operation
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Normal Supply Voltage (pin 15) 7V
Alternate Supply Voltage ( 1 6 pin) 14V
Input Voltage to Ta = 70°C ±25 V
toTA=125°C ±10V
Operating Temperature Range
SG55154
SG75154
Storage Temperature Range
Power Dissipation
Derate above 25°C
-55°Cto 125°C
0° to 70°C
-65°Cto+150°C
1000 mW
8 mW/°C
Electrical Characteristics over recommended operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted) (See Note 1)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN TYP MAX
(SEE NOTE 2)
UNIT
V|H
High-level input voltage
3
V
V||_
Low-level input voltage
-3
V
v T+
Positive-going
threshold voltage
Normal operation
0.8
2.2
3
V
Fail-safe operation
0.8
2.2
3
V T-
Negative-going
threshold voltage
Normal operation
-3
-1.1
V
Fail-safe operation
0.8
1.4
3
VT+-VT-
Hysteresis
Normal operation
0.8
3.3
6
V
Fail-safe operation
0.8
2.2
V H
High-level output voltage
l H = - 40n MA
2.4
3.5
V
vol
Low-level output voltage
'OL = 16 mA
0.23
0.4
n
Input resistance
AV| = -25Vto-10V
3
5
7
kft
AV| = -10V to -3V
3
5
7
AV|=-3Vto3V
3
6
AV,=3Vto10V
3
5
7
AV| = 10Vto25V»
3
5
7
v I (open)
Open-circuit input voltage
l,=0
0.2
2
V
'OS
Short-circuit output curren
[*•
Vcd = 5.5V, V| = -5V
-10
-20
-40
mA
'CC1
Supply current from Vcd
V CC1 = 5.5V, T A = 25°C
20
35
mA
'CC2
Supply current from Vcc2
V C C2= 13.2V, T A = 25°C
23
40
*T A = +70°C Maximum
**Not more than one output should be shorted at a time.
NOTE 1 : Above specifications guaranteed over -55°C < T A < +125°C for SG55154 and 0° <T A <70°C for SG75154. All typical
values are at V CC1 = 5V, T A = 25°C.
NOTE 2: The algebraic convention where the most-positive (least-negative) limit is designed as maximum is used in this data sheet for
logic and threshold levels only, e.g., when -3V is the maximum, the minimum limit is a more-negative voltage.
Switching Characteristics, V CC1 = 5V, T A = 25°C, N = 10
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN TYP MAX
UNIT
tPLH
Propagation delay time, low-to-high level output
C L = 50pF, R L = 390ft
22
ns
tPHL
Propagation delay time, high-to-low level output
20
ns
*TLH
Transition time, low-to-high output
9
ns
*THL
Transition time, high-to-low output
6
ns
CHIP LAYOUT
CONNECTION
DIAGRAM
DUAL-IN-LINE
PACKAGE
(TOP VIEW)
66
Dual Peripheral Drivers
SG55450B/75450B SG55460/75460
The SG55450B and SG 55460 Series are general purpose dual
peripheral drivers whose output stage includes a completely un-
committed, high-voltage, high current NPN transistor. Inputs to
the standard TTL gates are diode clamped and fully DTL/TTL
compatible. The output transistors of the SG55450B and
SG75450B are capable of sinking 300 mA and will withstand 30
volts when off. The SG55460 and SG75460 devices have the
same current rating but with higher voltage capability of 40 volts
and only slight reduction in switching speeds.
The SG55450B and SG 55460 are characterized for operation
over the full military temperature range of -55°C to +125°C
while the SG75450B and SG75460 are designed for 0°C to
+70°C operation.
• Current capacity of 300 mA per
driver
• High output voltage capability
• High-speed switching characteristics
• Both military and commercial tem-
perature ranges
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(over operating temperature range and with V*cc - 5V ± 5%, unless otherwise specified)
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM
RATINGS (Note 1)
SG55450B SG55460
SG75460B SG7S460
Supply Voltage, Vqq
Input Voltage
Vqc to Substrate Voltage
Collector to Substrate Voltage
Collector to Bate Voltage
Collector to Emitter Voltage (Note 2)
Emitter to Base Voltage
Collector Current (Note 3)
Power Dissipation
N Package (plastic)
Derate above 2B°C
J Package (cerdip)
Derate above 2B°C
Operating, Free Air Temperature
Range
SG65450B, SG65460
SG75460B, SG75480
Storage Tampareture Range
7V 7V
5.5V 5.5V
36V 40V
35V 40V
35V 40V
30V 40V
6V 5V
300mA 300mA
600mW 600mW
6.0mW/°C 6.0mW/°C
1000mW 1000mW
6.7mW/°C 6.7mW/°C
-65°Cto+125°C
0°Cto+70 o C
-65°Cto+150°C
{
NOTES:
1. Voltage' values shown ere with respect to ground terminal unlaw
otherwise specified.
2. With base-to-emitter resistance less than 500&2.
3. Both sides of circuit may conduct reted current simultaneously
provided power dissipation rating is not sxcseded.
TTL GATES
Parameter
Test Conditions
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Units
High-level input voltage, V|h
Vol < 0.4V, l OL =16mA
2
—
—
V
Low-level input voltage, V| l
VOH^2.4V, l 0H = -.4mA
—
— .
0.8
V
High-level output voltage, Vqh
V| L = 0.8V, l H = -4rnA
2.4
3.3
—
V
Low-level output voltage, Vql
V|H = 2.0V. l L = 16mA
—
.25
0.4
V
Input clamp voltage, V|
l| = -12mA
—
-1.2
-1.5
V
High-level input current, Iih
V| - 2.4V
—
• —
40
HA
High-level strobe current, Ish
V| - 2.4V
—
—
80
MA
Low-level input current, • g §_
V, - 0.4V
—
—
-1.6
mA
Low-level strobe current, l$L
V| = 0.4V
—
—
-3.2
mA
Input current at max. V, l|
V| = 5.5V
—
—
1.0
mA
Strobe current at max. V, 1$
V S - 5.5V
—
—
2.0
mA
Output short circuit current, Iqs
-18
-35
-55
mA
Supply current, high out, IqcH
V| =
—
2
4
mA
Supply current, low out, IfJCL
V| =5V
—
6
11
mA
OUTPUT TRANSISTORS (High current measurements made with pulse techniques)
Parameter Test Conditions
55450B 75450B 55460 76460
Units
Collector-base breakdown BVcbq
Collector-emitter breakdown BVpER
IC= IQOAtA, ie°o
Emitter-base breakdown BVebQ
Base-emitter voltage V B g
IC - 100/UA, R B E = 500SI~
tE=100jJA, l C °°0
IB" 10mA, lc= 100mA
Collector-emitter saturation Vce (SAT)
lB°30mA, Ic- 300 m A
Current transfer ratio hpg
l B =10mA, l C = 100mA
l B = 30mA, lc = 300mA
V C E = 3V. I c = 160mA, T A => 2S°C
VcE ■ 3V, l C - 300mA, T A * 25°0
V CE = 3V, Ic " 100mA, T A " min.
VCE ° 3V, Ic " 300 mA, T A ■ min.
"25-
30
~2T-
30
20
-55~
30
20
25
Vmax.
V max.
Vmax.
V m ax.
min,
mi
SUBSTRATE ff
EMITTER [7 ■
COLLECTOR [JO ■
BASE [pi-
OUTPUT fji ■
INPUT fji ■
♦v C c(m
'G.-Th,
3E
JJ GROUND
J\ EMITTER
|] COLLECTOR
T] BASE
3] OUTPUT
J] INPUT
JJ STROBE
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
Note: The substrate (pin 8) must always
be at the most negative voltage for
proper device operation.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS (Vqc - 5V, T A = 25°C)
55450B, 75450B
55460.
75460
Parameter
Test Conditions
Typ.
Max.
Typ.
Max.
Units
TTL GATES
Propagation delay time
Low-to-high-level output, tpj_n
C L =15pF
12
22
22
nS
Propagation delay time
High-to-low-level output, tpHL
R! - 400n
8
15
8
nS
OUTPUT TRANSISTORS
' Delay time, t<j
lC - 200mA
8
15
10
nS
Rise time, t r
'b(l) = 20mA
•b(2) - -40mA
12
20
16
—
nS
Storage time, tj
v BE(OH)""-1V
7
15
23
—
nS
Fail time, tf
CL"15pF,
R L -50n
6
15
14
— .
nS
GATES & TRANSISTORS COMBINED
Propegation delay time
Low-to-high-level out, tpi.H
lC - 200mA
20
30
45
65
nS
High-to-low-level out, tpHL
C L M5pF
20
30
35
50
nS
Transition time
Low-to-high-level out. tjLH
High-to-low-level out, tjHL
R L = 50n
7
9
12
15
10
10
20
20
nS
nS
CHIP BONDING
DIAGRAM
67
TRANSISTOR ARRAYS
68
High Voltage, Medium Current Driver Arrays
SG2001 / SG2002 / SG2003
Description
These high voltage, medium current driver arrays are
comprised of seven silicon NPN Darlington pairs on a
common monolithic substrate. All units feature open
collector outputs and integral suppression diodes for
inductive loads. Peak.inrush currents to 600mA are
allowable, making them ideal for driving tungsten filament
lamps also.
Three different input configurations provide optimized
designs for interfacing with TTL, DTL, PMOS, or CMOS
drive signals.
In all cases, the individual Darlington pair collector
current rating is 500mA. However, outputs may be
paralleled for higher load current capability. All devices
are supplied in a 16-pin dual in-line ceramic package.
Absolute Maximum Ratings (at 25°C free-air temperature
for any one Darlington unless otherwise noted).
Output Voltage, V CE
50V
Input Voltage, V, n
20V
Peak Collector Current, IC
600mA
Continuous Collector Current, IC
500mA
Continuous Base Current, IB
25mA
Power Dissipation, PD (per device)
LOW
Total Package* Limitation
2.0W
Derating Factor above 25°C
13mW/*C
Ambient Temperature Range
(Operating) TA
-55°Cto+125*C
Storage Temperature Range, TS
-65*Cto +175'C
Under normal operating conditions, these units will sustain 350mA
per output with VCC = 1.6V at 70'C with a pulse width of 20ms
and a duty cycle of 30%.
Collector currents to 600mA
Low saturation voltage
High speed switching
Closely matched parameters
SG2001
(each driver)
PARTIAL SCHEMATICS
SG2003
(each driver)
-W-O+v
:h driver) i M — 0+ v (each driver) | N — +v (each driver) I W — O
J * t T ,7V 10K J« t TO 2.7K A * T T O
"Mvwe-wvi' X i L\w-»wwvh> * I Lvw-i^vwo Z
7K 3K *T I 7K 3K T I 7K 3K y
"»---- »
Electrical Characteristics at 25°C (unless otherwise noted)
CHARACTERISTICS
SYMBOL
TEST CONDITIONS
Limits
Units
Min.
Max.
Output Leakage Current
'cEX
V CB = 50V; T A = 70°C
100
>A
Collector-Emitter
Saturation Voltage
V CE (Sat)
l c = 350mA; l B = 500M
l c = 100mA; l B = 250M
1.6
.1.1
V
V
Input Current
Type SG-2002
Type SG-2003
•m on
V,„ = 17V
V hl = 3.85V
1.3
1.35
mA
mA
Input Current SG-2002
l|» off
V in = 6V, T A = 70'C
50
A
Input Voltage
Type SG-2002
Type SG-2003
V in on
V CE = 2V; l c = 350mA
V CE = 2V; l c = 350mA
13
3.5
V
V
DC Forward Current
Transfer Ratio
Type SG-2001
h PE
V CB = 2V; IC = 350mA
1000
Input Capacitance
c ln
30
Pf
Turn-On Delay
tpLM
0.5E ilV to 0.5E out
5
mS
Turn-Off Delay
*PHL
0.5E in to 0.5E oul
5
mS
Clamp Diode Leakage Current
Ir
V R = 50V
50
M
Clamp Diode Forward Voltage
v*
| p = 350mA
2.0
V
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
CHIP LAYOUT
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
E-C>o-
E-C*>-
E-r>o-
^'
E-Oo-
E-Oo-
E-t>c-
PMOS TO LOAD
TTL TO LOAD
Transistor Arrays
SG3018/3018A/3821/3822/3823/3086
(CA301 8/301 8A) (CA3045, 3046) (CA3026/3054) (CA3086)
These transistor arrays offer Vbe typically matched to ±0.5 mV, less than 10% variation in hfe, operation from
dc to 300 MHz, high current gain from 10 juA to 10 mA and high voltage capability.
SG3018/SG3018A (CA3018,
3018A) Darlington Transistor
Pairs- consists of four mono-
lithic transistors. Two of the four
are internally connected into a
Darlington configuration with a
typical current gain of 4000. The
other two transistors are separate
conventional types.
SG3821 (CA3046, 3045)
Matched Transistor Array - five
general purpose monolithic IMPN
transistors internally connected to
form two independent differential
amplifiers, each with its asso-
ciated current source transistor.
SG3822 (CA3026, 3054) Dual
Differential Transistors- six
monolithic NPN transistors inter-
nally connected to form two
independent differential ampli-
fiers, each with its associated cur-
rent source transistor.
SG3823 Dual Darlington Transis-
tor Array - six monolithic tran-
sistors. Four are internally con-
nected as two independent
Darlington Amplifiers with a
typical gain of 4000. The other
two transistors are separate con-
ventional types.
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Collector-substrate Voltage
40V
(CA Series 20V)
Collector-base Voltage
40V
(CA Series 20V)
Collector-emitter Voltage
25V
(CA Series 15V)
Emitter-base Voltage
Collector-Current
Operating Temperature Range
5V
50mA
0-1 25°C (C A Series - 70°C)
3018, 301 8A, 3821,
3822, 3823,
CA301 8/3026/3054
3045/3046/3086
PARAMETERS*
CONDITIONS
UNITS
Collector-Substrate Breakdown
l C =10 M A, l B =
40
20
V
Collector-Base Breakdown
l C = 10/iA, l E =0
40
20
V
Collector-Emitter Breakdown
l C = 100mA, l B =
25
15
V
Emitter-Base Breakdown
l E = 10juA, l c =
5
5
V
Collector-Substrate Leakage
Vcs = 20V, l B =
80
80
nA
Collector-Base Leakage
V C B = 20V, l E =
40
40
nA
Collector-Emitter Leakage
V C E = 20V, l B =
500
500
nA
Forward Current-Transfer Ratio
VcE = 5V, l C = 10/uA
80 (typ)
80 (typ)
-
Forward Current-Transfer Ratio
VCE = 5V, lc = 1mA
50/400
50/400
-
Forward Current-Transfer Ratio
Vqe = 5V, lc = 10mA
80 (typ)
80 (typ)
-
Collector-Emitter Saturation
IC= 10mA, l B = 1mA
0.5 (typ)
0.5 (typ)
V
Gain-Bandwidth Product
Vce = 5V, lc = 3mA
500 (typ)
500 (typ)
MHz
Collector-Substrate Capacitance
VcS = 5V, l C =0
2.0 (typ)
2.0 (typ)
pF
Collector-Base Capacitance
V C B = 5V, I C =
0.4 (typ)
0.4 (typ)
PF
Noise Figure
f = ike, v C e = sv, i c = iooma, r s = ikn
4 (typ)
4 (typ)
dB
Input Offset Voltage for any two transistors
Vce = 5V, l C = 1mA
5
5
mV
Input Offset Current for any two transistors
V C e =5V, l C = 1mA
4
2
MA
Forward Current Transfer Ratio (Darlington Pair),
SG3018/3018A/3823
vce = 5v;i c = 1mA
1500
1500
—
♦Parameters apply for T& = 25°C and are min/max limits unless otherwise specified.
Note: Substrate pin {//?) must be connected to the most negative DC potential -- which should also be a good AC ground -- for
proper isolation between transistors.
SG301 8/301 8A is offered in 12-pin metal can. AH other 3800 Series arrays are offered in N and J 14-pin dual-in-line packages.
301 8/301 8 A
3821/3046/3045/3086
3822/3026/3054
1 n/
m% v%
sml
J r-.033-
mi
Transistor Array:
SG3081/3082
The SG3081 and SG3082 each have seven high-current silicon
NPN transistors integrated into a single monolithic chip. The
SG3081 has all seven emitters common while the SG3082 is
connected in a common collector configuration. Both devices
have a separate substrate pin for more versatile applications.
With current capability to 100 mA per transistor, these arrays are
ideally suited for driving all types of seven-segment displays as
well as other general purpose driver applications.
Collector current to. 100m A
Low saturation voltage
Closely matched parameters
MAXIMUM RATINGS, Absolute-Maximum Values at T A - 25°C
Power Dissipation:
Any one transistor 500 mW
Total package** 750 mW
Above 25°C Derate I i nearly 6.67 mW/°C
Ambient Temperature Range:
Operating -40 to +85 °C
Storage -55 to +150 °C
The following ratings apply for each transistor in the device:
Coilector-to-Emitter Voltage (VcEO*
Collector-to-Base Voltage (Vcbc*)
Collector-to-Substrate Voltage (Vest})
Emitter-to Base Voltage (Vebo)
Collector Current (\q)
Base Current tig)
**SG3081 and SG3082 are available in N and J 16-Pin dual-in-line
packages
16
V
20
V
20
V
5
V
100
mA
20
mA
PARAMETERS*
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
SG3081/SG3082
UNITS
Collector-Base Breakdown Voltage
BV CB0
IC = 500mA,I E =
20
V
Collector-Substrate Breakdown Voltage
BV C so
l c , =500mA, Ie = 0, Ib =0
20
V
Collector-Emitter Breakdown Voltage
BV C EO
Iq= 1mA, Ib =0
16
V
Emitter-Base Breakdown Voltage
bvebo
l C = 500/u A
5
V
DC Forward-Current Transfer Ratio
"FE
VqE = 5.0 V, l C = 30mA
V CE = 5.0 V, l C = 50mA
50
40
Base-Emitter Saturation Voltage
v BEsat
Iq = 30mA, Ib = 1mA
1.0
V
Collector-Emitter Saturation Voltage:
SG3081,SG3082
lc = 30mA, Ib= 1mA
0.5
SG3081
v CEsat
\q = 50mA, Ib = 5mA
0.7
V
SG3082
lC = 50mA, Ib = 5mA
0.8
Col lector-Cutoff-Current
'CEO
V CE = 10V, l B =
10
ma
Collector-Cutoff Current
"CBO
VcB=10V,l E =
1
ma
♦Parameters are for T A = 25°C and are min/max limits.
NOTE: Substrate pin (/??) must be connected to the most negative DC potential — which should also be a good AC
ground —for proper isolation between transistors.
71
High Current NPN Transistor Arrays
SG3083
SG3183/3183A
This series of arrays consists of five closely -matched, high current
NPN transistors. Although sharing a common monolithic substrate, the
transistors are connected such that all terminals are independent,
including the substrate bias connector. With current capability to 100
mA per transistor, these arrays are ideally suited for all types of driving
applications including relays, lamps, and thyristors. The SG3183 and
SG3183A are higher voltage versions of the SG3083.
FEATURES
• High voltage capability
• Collector current to 100 mA
• Low saturation voltage
• Closely matched parameters
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Power Dissipations:
Any one transistor 500 mW
Total package 750 mW
Above 25°C derate linearly 6.67 mW/°C
Ambient Temperature Range:
Operating (N-Package) _40 to +85° C
Operating (J-Package) -55 to +125°C
Storage (both packages) -65to+150°C
Maximum Collector Current 100mA
Maximum Base Current 20 mA
^fc
©
© © ® ©
NOTE: The collector of each transistor is isolated from the sutfttrate by
an integral diode which must be reverse biased by connecting the sub-
strate to a voltage more negative than any collector. To prevent undesired
coupling between transistors, the si
nected to an AC or DC ground.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AT TA = 25°C
PARAMETER SYMBOL CONDITIONS
MIN.
TYP.
MAX.
UNITS
Collector-Substrate Breakdown Voltage, BV cso , lp = 100 /uA
SG3083
20
60
-
V
SG3183
40
70
-
V
SG3183A
50
70
-
V
Collector«Base Breakdown Voltage, BV c _q, lp = 100 m A
SG3083
20
60
-
V
SG3183
40
70
-
V
SG3183A
50
70
-
V
Collector-Emitter Breakdown Voltage, BV CEQ , l_ = 1 mA
-
SG3083
15
24
-
V
SG3183
30
40
-
V
SG3183A
40
50
-
V
Emitter-Base Breakdown Voltage, BV Eao> 1- = 100 ^A
All types
5
6.9
-
V
Collector Cutoff Current, Irp/y v re = 10v
-
-
10
J"A
Collector Cutoff Current, ' CB q. v r R = 10V
~
~
1
MA
DC Forward Current Transfer Ratio, h FE
All types V CE = 3V, l c = 10 mA
50
100
-
V CE '=5V.. c = 50mA
40
75
-
Collector-Emitter Saturation Voltage, V CE (SAT)
SG3083 l c = 50 mA, I B = 5 mA
-
0.40
0.70
V
SG3183 /SG3183A l c = 50 mA, l g = 5 mA
-
1.7
3.0
V
Base to Emitter Voltage, Vg E , V cg = 3V, l c = 10 mA
0.65
0.75
0.85
V
For Q t and Q Matched Pair
Input Offset Voltage IV |0 I V C£ = 3V, l c = 1 mA
Input Offset Current ll, n l V pp = 3V, L = I mA
72
High Voltage, High Current Darlington Transistor Arrays
SG3851 / SG3852 / SG3853
Description
These high voltage, high current Darlington transistor
arrays are comprised of seven silicon NPN Darlington
pairs on a common monplithic substrate. All units feature
open collector outputs and integral suppression diodes for
inductive loads. Peak inrush currents to 750mA are
allowable, making them ideal for driving tungsten filament
lamps also.
Three different input configurations provide optimized
designs for interfacing with TTL, DTL, PMOS, or CMOS
drive signals.
In all cases, the individual Darlington pair collector
current rating is 600mA. However, outputs may be
paralleled for higher load current capability. All devices
are supplied in a 16-pin dual in-line ceramic package.
Absolute Maximum Ratings (at 25°C free-air temperature
for any one Darlington unless otherwise noted).
Output Voltage, V CB
50V
Input Voltage, V ln
25V
Peak Collector Current, IC
750mA
Continuous Collector Current, IC
600mA
Continuous Base Current, IB
25mA
Power Dissipation, PD (per device)
LOW
Total Package* Limitation
2.0W
Derating Factor above 25°C
13mW/°C
Ambient Temperature Range
(Operating) TA
-55°Cto+125°C
Storage Temperature Range, TS
-65°C to +175°C
"Under normal operating conditions, these units will sustain 350mA
per output with VCC = 1.6V at 70°C with a pulse width of 20ms
and a duty cycle of 30%.
Features
• Collector currents to 750mA
• Low saturation voltage
• High speed switching
• Closely matched parameters
SG3851 ^
(each driver) | Pt
PARTIAL SCHEMATICS
:h driver) ( M O+v (each driver) I M +v (each driver) J W —
J* MO TV 10K A * T T O 2.TK A * ? ?
7K 3K T I 7K 3K X I 7K 3K y
SG3853 ^ ^ u
(each driver) J W O +v
2.TK J ' T T O
Electrical Characteristics at 25°C (unless otherwise noted)
CHARACTERISTICS
SYMBOL
TEST CONDITIONS
Limits
Units
Min.
Max.
Output Leakage Current
'cEX
V CE = 50V; T A = 70°C
100
P A
Col lector- Emitter
Saturation Voltage
V CE (Sat)
l c = 500mA; l B = 800.uA
l c = 100mA; l B = 250M
2.0
1.1
V
V
Input Current
Type SG-3852
Type SG-3853
•in on
V in = 24V
V ln = 5.0V
3.0
3.0
mA
mA
Input Current SG-3852
•in Off
V in .= 6V, T A = 70°C
50
M
Input Voltage
Type SG-3852
Type SG-3853
V in on
V 0E = 2V; l c = 500mA
V CE = 2V; l c = 350mA
17
3.5
V
V
DC Forward Current
Transfer Ratio
Type SG-3851
hp E
V CE = 2V; IC = 350mA
1000
Input Capacitance
c in
30
Pf
Turn-On Delay
tpLM
0.5E ln to 0.5E out
0.5
mS
Turn-Off Delay
Wl
0.5E in to 0.5E oul
0.5
^s
Clamp Diode Leakage Current
•r
* V R = 50V
50
M
Clamp Diode Forward Voltage
v F
l P = 500mA
3.0
V
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
E-Oo-
E-Oo-
E-£x^
E-Cx>-
^h
*:
3
L 3
CHIP LAYOUT
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
PMOS TO LOAD TTL TO LOAD
OTHER CIRCUITS
Video Amplifiers
Wideband Amplifiers/Multipliers
Wideband Video Amplifiers
Multipliers
Modulators
Zero Voltage Switches
Timers
Dual Timers
74
SG555/SG555C
The SG555 integrated circuit has been designed to generate
accurate time delays with provisions for remote triggering or re-
setting. An external resistor and capacitor will provide precise
control of time delays from microseconds to hours. This circuit
can also be used as a stable oscillator with accurate control of
both frequency and duty cycle through the use of two external
resistors and a single capacitor. The output circuit is designed for
use with load currents to 200 mA and is fully compatible with
TTL circuitry.
Direct replacement for SE5SS/NE555
Both astable and monostabU mod* of
operation
Timing ranga from microseconds through
hours
200 mA output capability (source or
sink)
.006%/°C tamparatura stability
TTL compatible
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS:
Supply Voltage
+18V
Power Dissipation
T-Package (TO-99)
680mW
Derate above 25*>C
5.4mW/oc
M-Package (Minidip)
400mW
Derate above 25°C
4.0mW/°C
Operating Temperature Range
SG5SS
-550Cto+125°C
SG5S5C
0OC to +70OC
Storage Temperature Range
-65OCto+150<>C
Lead Temperature (Soldering,
60 seconds) +300°C
FUNCTIONAL
DIAGRAM
CHIP BONDING
DIAGRAM
r
| 'wtwef| ^.
DISCHARGE
CONNECTION
DIAGRAMS
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A « 25°C, V + = +5V to +15V unless otherwise specified)
Conditions
SG565
SG5S5C
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max.
Min
Typ.
Max.
Units
Supply Voltage
4.5
18
4.5
16
V
Supply Current
V + = 5V, R L = °°
-_
3
5
—
3
6
mA
V + = 15V, R L - ~
—
10
12
—
10
15
mA
Low State (Note 1)
Timing Error
R A . R B = 1KJ2 to 100KH
Initial Accuracy
C = O.ljxF (Note 2)
—
0.5
2
—
1
—
%
Drift with Temperature
—
30
100
—
50
—
ppm/°C
Drift with Supply Voltage
—
0.005
0.2
—
0.01
—
%/Volt
Threshold Voltage
—
2/3
—
—
2/3
—
X v +
Trigger Voltage
V + = 15V
4.8
5
5.2
.__
5
V
V + = 5V
1.45
1.67
1.9
—
1.67
~
V
Trigger Current
—
0.5
—
■ —
0.5
~
MA
Reset Voltage
0.4
0.7
1.0
0.4
0.7
1.0
V
Reset Current
—
0.1
__
—
0.1
—
mA
Threshold Current
(Note 3)
__
0.1
.25
—
0.1
.25
MA
Control Voltage Level
V+ = 15V
9.6
10
10.4
9.0
10
11
V
V + = 5V
2.9
3.33
3.8
2.6
3.33
4
V
Output Voltage Drop (low)
V + = 15V
'sink = 10mA
—
0.1
0.15
—
0.1
.25
V
'sink ■ SOmA
—
0.4
0.5
—
0.4
.75
V
l SINK = 100 mA
—
2.0
2.2
—
2.0
2.5
V
'SINK = 2 00m A
—
2.5
—
—
2.5
—
V
V+ = 5V
'sink = 8mA
—
0.1
0.25
—
—
—
V
'sink - 5mA
—
—
—
—
.25
.35
V
Output Voltage Drop (high)
'SOURCE - 200mA
—
12.5
—
—
12.5
—
V
V+ = 15V
'SOURCE = 100mA
V+ = 15V
13.0
13.3
—
12.75
13.3
—
V
V + = 5V
3.0
3.3
—
2.75
3.3
—
V
Rise Time of Output
—
100
—
—
100
—
nsec
Fall Time of Output
—
100
—
—
100
—
nsec
n output high typically 1mA Ian.
\l and V+ - 16V.
APPLICATIONS
MONOSTABLE
OPERATION
t2 (output low) - o.ae (Re> c
* (R A + 2R B )C
75
ASTABLE
OPERATION
Dual Timer
SG556/SG556C
The SG556/SG556C IC timing circuit is the equivalent of two 555-
type timers in one 14-pin dual-in-line package. Each section of the
device is capable of producing accurate time delays or oscillations. A
resistor and a capacitor are the only external parts needed to control
time delays from microseconds through hours. For use as an oscillator,
two external resistors and a capacitor provide control of the free run-
ning frequency and duty cycle. Triggering and resetting terminals are
provided and the circuit will trigger and reset on falling waveforms.
The SG556/SG556C Dual Timer lowers over-all system cost, reduces
board space and assembly time required and provides matching and
tracking characteristics which are superior to two separate timers.
• Direct replacement for SE556/NE556
• Both astable and monostable mode of operation
• Timing range from microseconds through hours
• 200 mA output capability (source or sink)
• .005%/°C temperature stability
• TTL compatible
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Supply Voltage
Power Dissipation
N-Package (plastic)
Derate above 25°C
J— Package (cerdip)
Derate above 25°C
Operating Temperature Range
+18V
600 mW
6.0 mW/°C
1000 mW
6.7 mW/°C
-55°Cto+125°C
SG556C 0OC to +70°C
Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +150°C
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 60 seconds) +300°C
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
TRIGGER B|T
OUTPUT B (7
RESET B fw
CONTROL B (vT
THRESHOLD B {«
OISCHARGE B {«
V + El
3 GROUND
3 TRIGGER A
3 OUTPUT A
7} RESET A
3 CONTROL A
3 THRESHOLD A
3 DISCHARGE A
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
(Each Side)
3-^
r
s
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A = 25°C, V + = +5 to +15 V unless otherwise specified)
Parameter
Conditions'
Mjn.
SGSS6
Typ.
Max.
Min.
SG5S6C
Typ.
Max.
Units
Supply Voltage
4.5
—
18
4.5
—
16
V
Supply Current (each side)
V + = 5V. R|_ = °°
V+= 15 V, R|_ = ~
Low State (Note 1)
"
3
10
5
11
"
3
10
6
14
mA
mA
Timing Error (Monostable)
Initial Accuracy
Drift with Temperature
Drift with Supply Voltage
RA, RB=2k«to 100 kJ2
C= 0.1 mF (Note 2)
—
0.5
30
0.05
1.5
100
0.2
—
0.75
50
0.1
__
%
ppm/c-C
%/Volt
Timing Error (Free Running)
Initial Accuracy
Drift with Temperature
Drift with Supply Voltage
RA,RB = 2knto100kI2
C = 0.lMF(Note2)
—
1.5
90
0.15
—
™
2.25
150
0.3
—
%
ppm/0C
%/Volt
Threshold Voltage
—
2/3
—
—
2/3
__
XV+
Trigger Voltage
V + =15V
V+ = 5 V
4.8
1.45
5
1.67
5.2
1.9
5
1.67
—
V
V
Trigger Current
—
0.5
—
—
0.5
—
MA
Reset Voltage
0.4
0.7
1.0
0.4
0.7
1.0
V
Reset Current
.._
0.1
—
—
0.1
—
mA
Threshold Current
(Note 3)
—
0.03
0.1
—
0.03
0.1
JiA
Control Voltage Level
V+ = 15 V
V+ = 5V
9.6
2.9
10 -
3.33
10.4
3.8
9.0
2.6
10
3.33
11
4
V
V
Output Voltage Drop (low)
V+= 15 V
ISINK='10mA
ISINK = 50 mA
'SINK = 100 mA
•SINK = 200 mA
V+ = 5V
'SINK = 8 mA
"SINK = 5 mA
::
0.1
0.4
2
2.5
0.1
0.15
0.5
225
0.25
~
0.1
0.4
2
2.5
0.25
0.25
0.75
2.75
0.35
V
V
V
V
V
V
Output Voltage (high)
'SOURCE = 200 mA
V+=15V
'SOURCE = 100 mA
V+= 15 V
V+=5V
13
3
12.5
13.3
3.3
—
12.75
2.75
12.5
13.3
3.3
—
V
V
V
Rise Time of Output
—
100
—
—
100
—
ns
Fall Time of Output
—
100
—
—
100
—
ns
Discharge Leakage Current
—
20
100
—
20
100
nA
Matching Characteristics
Between Each Section
Initial Timing Accuracy
Timing Drift with
Temperature
Drift with Supply Voltage
—
0.05
±10
0.1
0.1
0.2
—
0.1
±10
0.2
0.2
0.5
%
ppm/0C
%/Volt
CHIP BONDING DIAGRAM
APPLICATIONS
MONOSTABLE
76
Video Amplifiers
SQ733/733C
The SG733/733C are monolithic two-stage wideband amplifiers. These
devices offer excellent gain stability at any gain setting and provide fixed
gain options of 10, 100 and 400 without external components. All stages
are current source biased to obtain high common mode and power supply
rejection and emitter followers are used at the output to minimize the
effects of capacitive loading. The devices are particularly well suited for
applications requiring a fast linear function such as video and pulse
amplifiers.
• 120MHz bandwidth
• Gain options of 10, 100, 400 without external components
• 250ksi input resistance
• No external frequency compensation necessary
PARAMETERS*
733
733C
UNITS
Supply Voltage
±6V
±6V
V
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +70
OC
Package Types
T,J
T, J, N
-
Differential Voltage Gain
Gainl 1
Gain 2 2
Gain 3 3
300/500
90/110
* 9/11
250/600
80/120
8/12
v/v
Bandwidth
Gain 1 1
Gain 2 > R s = 50ft
Gain 3 )
40 (typ)
90 (typ)
120 (typ)
40 (typ) ,
90 (typ)
120 (typ)
MHz
Risetime
Gain2,R s =50ft,V out =1Vp. p
10
12
nS
Propagation Delay
Gain 2, R s = 50ft, V out » 1 V p . p
10
10
nS
Input Resistance
Gain 2
20
10
kn
Input Capacitance
Gain 2
2 (typ)
2 (typ)
PF
I nput Offset Current
3
5
M A
Input Bias Current
20
30
ma
Input Voltage Range
±1 '
±1
V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Gain 2 V cm ± 1 V, f < 100kHz
V cm ± 1V, f = 5MHz
60
60 (typ)
60
60 (typ)
dB
Supply Rejection Ratio
Gain 2 AV S = ±0.5V
50
50
dB
Output Offset Voltage
Gain 1
Gain 2, Gain 3
1.5
1.0
1.5
1.5
V
Output Common Mode Voltage
2.4/3.4
2.4/3.4
V
Output Voltage Swing
3
3
Vp. p
Output Sink Current
2.5
2.5
mA
Output Resistance
20 (typ)
20 (typ)
a
Power Supply Current
24
24
mA
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
♦Parameters apply for V s = ±6V, at 25°C only and are min/max limits
unless otherwise specified.
Gain Select pins Gj A and Gjq connected together.
2
Gain Select pins G 2 a and G 2B connected together.
All Gain Select pins open.
SG733/733CChip
(Sm T-package diagr
for pad functions)
NJT1 |i
NC(i
GAIN r
OPTION 2A U
NC |u
INPUT 1 £
7] OUTPUT 2
I]nc
3v-
ri GAIN
U OPTION IB
tiGAIN
ii OPTION 2B
gNc
7) INPUT 2
77
Video Amplifiers
SG1401/2401/3401
The SG 1401/2401/3401 video amplifiers are useful over a frequency
range from DC to 200MHz. Internal emitter followers are used to achieve
high input and low output impedances, allowing simple capacitor coupling.
Biasing and gain-setting resistors are internally diffused, eliminating
external resistor networks. The gain may be externally varied through the
use of AGC diodes which are included in the circuit.
• 20dB voltage gain at 100MHz
• 5nsec rise and fall times
• Fixed or variable gain
• Single power supply voltage
• Minimum external components
• Symmetrical limiting
PARAMETERS/CONDITIONS*
1401
2401
3401
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +70
to +70
OC
Package Types
T,J
T,J
,N
-
Supply Voltage
6/20
6/20
V
Power Consumption, no AGC voltage
110
120
mW
DC Output Voltage
8.7 (typ)
8.7 (typ)
V
Peak-to-Peak Output, Pin 3 (4) to AC gnd
4 (typ)
3 (typ)
V
Voltage Gain, Pin 3 (4) 2 open
2.2/3.2
2.2/3.2
dB
Voltage Gain, Pin 3 (4) 2 coupled to Pin 8 ( 1 1 ) 2
9/11
9/11
dB
Voltage Gain, Pin 3 (4) 2 coupled to Pin 9 (12) 2
18/21
18/21
dB
Voltage Gain, Pin 3 (4) 2 to AC gnd
26/31
24/31
dB
Unity Gain Frequency, Pin 3 (4) 2 to AC gnd
200 (typ)
200 (typ)
MHz
I nput R esistance, 20 dB gain
2.5 (typ)
2.5 (typ)
ka
Output Resistance, 20 dB gain
25 (typ)
50 (typ)
SI
Input Capacitance, 20 dB gain
5 (typ)
5 (typ)
pF
Maximum Power Gain, 20 dB gain, R|_ = 50£2
30 (typ)
30 (typ)
dB
Temperature Stability, 20 dB gain
±1*
±2*
dB
AGC Range
20 (min)
22 (typ)
dB
Noise Figure, 20 dB gain, Rs = 1k
8(min)
6 (typ)
dB
♦Parameters apply only for T^ = 25°C, Vs = +12V, and f = 1 MHz, and are
min/max limits unless otherwise specified.
Over operating temperature range.
Numbers in parentheses refer to dual-in-line package.
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
where f c is low frequency corner
and R is the gain setting resistance.
27Tf c R
Cs = to 10 pF to minimize high frequency peaking.
O10
for pad functions)
See Applications Notes for additional information.
Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier
SG1402/2402/3402
SG 1402/2402/3402 are monolithic four quadrant multipliers offering
excellent frequency response and provision for use as a variable gain
amplifier with both non-inverting and inverting outputs available. In addi-
tion to linear amplification, the device is also ideal for balanced modula-
tion, pulse or gated amplification, and coincidence detection.
• Single power supply voltage
• Self-contained biasing
• 25dB voltage gain
• Differential or single ended inputs and outputs
• Large bandwidth
• Low power dissipation
PARAMETERS, CONDITIONS*
1402 | 2402
3402
UNITS
Supply Voltage
+18
+18
V
Load Current
15
15
mA
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125 Oto+70
to +70
oc
Package Types
J,T | J,T, N
-
Maximum Voltage Gain, single ended
23
20
dB
Variable Gain Range, with ext. balance
55
40
dB
Frequency Response, f — 3 dB
40 (min)
50 ttyp)
MHz
Input Impedance, Pin 5 or 7 (7 or 10) 1
1.2 (typ)
1 .2 (typ)
KSl
Input impedance, Pin 2 or 9 (3 or 12)
1 .8 (typ)
1.8
Ka
Output Impedance, Pin 3 or 8 (4 or 1 1 )
1 100 (typ)
100 (typ)
a
Output Voltage Swing
R L = 100K
R|_=1K
3
1.3
3
1.3
Vpp
Quiescent DC Levels
Pins 5, 6 and 7 (7, 8 & 10) 1
3.6 (typ)
3.6 (typ)
V
Pins 2 and 9 (3 & 12) 1
1.8 (typ)
1 .8 (typ)
V
Pins 3 and 8 (4 & 11) 1
6.5/7.5
7.0 (typ)
V
Output Offset Voltage
Minimum Gain
Maximum Gain
100
200
300
500
mV
DC Output Shift, with max gain change
100
200
mV
Differential Control Voltage, for max
gain change
200 (typ)
200 (typ)
mV
Maximum Gain Variation, over
temperature
2
3
dB
Equivalent Input Noise
(BW= 10MHz, R S =50S7)
25 (typ)
25
juVrms
Power Consumption
85
85
mW
♦Parameters are for T A = 25°C, V + = 10V, f = lOOKHz and are min./max.
unless otherwise specified.
Numbers in parentheses refer to dual-in-line package.
© ©
ADJUST li
NC (9
INPUT fo
OUTPUT [n
CONTROL [|2
NC fa
GND fa
TOP VIEW
JorN
Package
7] INPUT
J\ NC
7] BIAS
~t\ OUTPUT
7] CONTROL
T\ NC
7Jv +
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
See Applications Notes for additional information.
79
TEST CIRCUIT
ej n = 20 mVrms — L.
= 20 mVrms
f = lOOKHz
Multipliers
SG1595/1495
The SG 1595/1495 four quadrant analog multipliers are designed for
applications where the output voltage required is a linear product of two
input voltages. Both types provide excellent linearity and operation over
a wide supply range and input voltage range. Applications include use as
multipliers, dividers, squarers, phase detectors, frequency doublers and as
balanced modulators.
• Excellent linearity
• Adjustable scale factor
• Excellent temperature stability
• Wide bandwidth
• High input voltage range
• Wide supply voltage operation
PARAMETERS/CONDITIONS*
1595
1495
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +1 25
to +70
OC
Package Types
J
J, N
-
Applied Voltage 2
30
30
V
Differential Input Signal
V 9 -V 12 = ±(6 + li3Rx)
V 4 -V 8 = ±(6 + l 3 Ry)
-
Maximum Factor Adjust Current
10
10
mA
Linearity Error in Percent of Full
Scale (T A = 25°C)
-10 < V x < +10 (V y = ±10V)
-10 < V y < +10 (V x = ±10V)
1.0
2.0
2.0
4.0
(% max)
Squaring Mode Error
T A = 250C
T A = 0°C to +70OC
T A = -55 Cto+125°C
0.5
0.75
0.75
1.0
(% typ)
Scale Factor (adjustable)
2R L
l 3 R x R y
0.1 (typ)
0.1 (typ)
-
Input Resistance
35 (typ)
20 (typ)
Mfl
Differential Output Resistance
300 (typ)
300 (typ)
KSl
Input Bias Current
8.0
12
ma
1 nput Offset Current
1.0
2.0
ma
Common Mode Gain
-50
-40
dB
Output Common Mode Voltage
21 (typ)
21 (typ)
V
Differential Output Voltage Swing
±14 (typ)
±14 (typ)
V
Pos Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
5 (typ)
5 (typ)
mV/V
Neg Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio
10 (typ)
10 (typ)
mV/V
Neg Supply Current
7.0
7.0
mA
Power Consumption
170
170
mW
Average TC of Input Offset Current
2.0 (typ)
2.0 (typ)
nA/oc
Frequency Response (typ)
-3 dB Bandwidth
3.0 (typ)
3.0 (typ)
MHz
3° Relative Phase Shift
750 (typ)
750 (typ)
kHz
1% Absolute Error Due to
Input-Output Phase Shift
30 (typ)
30 (typ)
kHz
Multiply with Op Amp Level Shift
♦Parameters apply over operating temperature range and
unless otherwise specified.
f = 20 Hz Voltage applied between pins 2-1,
1-8, 12-7, 9-7, 8-7, 4-7.
are min/max limits
14-1, 1-9, 1-12, 1-4,
-Wv-
1
K FACTOR ADJUST
SET
UP
RESISTOR*
R1
*5
Re
R?
R8
R9
Rl3
Ra
R B
Rl
Rx
R Y
TOLERANCE
5%
1%
1%
1%
1%
•1%
1%
5%
20%
0.5* 5%
5%
1
V + = +32 V. V- = -15 V
- 10 V <V X <+10 V
-10 V <Vy <+10 V
9.1
121
100
11
121
15
13.7
12
5.0
11
15
15
2
V + = +15 V. V-= -15 V
-5 V <V X <+5V
-5 V <V y <. +5 V
3.0
300
100
100
300
13.7
12
5.0
3.4
8.2
8.2
3
V + = +15 V. V- = -15 V
-10 V<V„ «S+10 V
-10 V <V y «+10 V
1.2
121
100
11
910
13.7
13.7
12
5.0
1.5
15
15-
• A
1 resistors are k ohms.
SGI 595/1 495 Chip (See D-package diagram
SGI 595/1 495 Chip
for pad functions)
-Y INPUT (•
+X INPUT (*
-X INPUT £
XK FACTOR f,
ADJUST L
-0UTPUT (KXY) £
TOP VIEW
J or N
Package
D_
3»-
-Y INPUT
GAIN ADJUST
s) +Y INPUT
GAIN ADJUST
3 +Y INPUT
3 YK FACTOR ADJUST
3 + OUTPUT (KXY)
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
80
Modulators
SG1596/1496
The SGI 596/1 496 are monolithic double-balanced modulator/demodu-
lator devices designed for use where the output voltage is a product of an
input voltage (signal) and a switching function (carrier). Typical applica-
tions include modulation and demodulation of AM, SSB, DSB, FSK, FM
and phase encoded signals. Additional uses include frequency doubling,
linear mixing and chopping.
• Excellent carrier suppreerion '
• Fully balanced inputs and output
• Low offsets and drift
• High common mode rejection
• Adjustable gain and signal handling
• Useful to 100MHz
PARAMETERS/CONDITIONS*
1596
1496
UNITS
Operating Temperature Range
-55 to +125
to +70
OC
Applied Voltage 1
30
30
V
Differential Input Signal, (V7 - Vq)
±5.0
±5.0
V
Differential Input Signal, (V4 - V<|)
±(5 + l 5 R e )
V
Input Signal, (V 2 - V1, V3 - V4)
5.0
5.0
V
Package Types
! J, f
J,T, N
Carrier Feedthrough
v c = 60 mV(rms) sine wave, f c = 1 .OkHz, offset adjusted (typ)
v c = 60 mV(rms) sine wave, f c » 10MHz, offset adjusted (typ)
v c = 300 mVpp square wave, f c = 1.0kHz, offset adjusted (max)
v c = 300 mVpp square wave, f c = 1.0kHz, offset not adjusted (max)
40
140
0.2
100
40
140
0.4
200
/uVrms
Carrier Suppression
f s = 10kHz, 300 mV(rms), f c = 500kHz, 60 mV(rms) sine wave offset adjusted (min)
f s = 10kHz, 300 mV(rms), f c = 10MHz, 60 mV(rms) sine wave offset adjusted (typ)
50
50
40
50
dB
Transadmittance Bandwidth
Rl = 50ft, Carrier Input Port, v c = 60 mV(rms) sine wave, f s = 1.0kHz, 300 mV(rms) sine wave
Signal Input Port, v s = 300 mV(rms) sine wave 2
300 (typ)
80 (typ)
300 (typ)
80 (typ)
MHz
Voltage Gain, Signal Channel v s = 100 mV(rms), f = 1.0kHz -4
2.5
2.5
V/V
Input Resistance, Signal Port f = 5.0MHz
200 (typ)
200 (typ)
kft
Input Capacitance, Signal Port f = 5.0MHz
2.0 (typ)
2.0 (typ)
PF
Single Ended Output Resistance f = 10MHz
40 (typ)
40 (typ).
kft
Single Ended Output Capacitance, f = 10MHz
5.0 (typ)
5.0 (typ)
pF
Input Bias Current (1 1 + I4V2 or (I7 + \q)/2
25
30
MA
Input Offset Current (1 1 - I4) or (I7 - \q)
5.0
7.0
AiA
Average TC of Input Offset Current
2.0 (typ)
2.0 (typ)
nA/°C
Output Offset Current (»6 _ § 9>
50
80
M A
Average TC of Output Offset Current
90 (typ)
90 (typ)
nA/«>C
Signal Port Common Mode Input Voltage Range f s = 1.0kHz
5.0 (typ)
5.0 (typ)
Vd-d
Signal Port Common Mode Rejection Ratio
-85 (typ)
-85 (typ)
dB
Common Mode Quiescent Output Voltage
8.0 (typ)
8.0 (typ)
V
Differential Output Swing Capability
8.0 (typ)
8.0 (typ)
Vp-P
Positive Supply Current (lg + I9)
3.0
4.0
ma
Negative Supply Current (1 10)
4.0
5.0
mA
Power Dissipation
33 (typ)
33 (typ)
mW
♦Parameters are for T A = 25°C and are min/max limits unless otherwise specified.
Voltage applied between pins 6—7, 8—1, 9—7, 9—8, 7-4, 7—1, 8-4, 6—8, 2—5 and 3—5.
2 V 7 — V 8 = 0.5 Vdc
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
TYPICADNIODULATOR CIRCUIT
n SIGNAL
H INPUTI+)
81
Wide-Band Video Amplifier
SG3001T
Description ,
The SG3001T High Frequency Video amplifier is designed
for broad-band operation to 30 MHz. This monolithic
integrated circuit features differential inputs and outputs,
a voltage gain of 19 dB and AGC capability of 60 dB. The
SG3001T is designed for operation over the full military
temperature range of -55°C to +125°C and is packaged
in a 12-pin TO-5 style hermetic package.
Features
• Full differential operation
• 150 kn input impedance
• 45 SI output impedance
• 30 MHz bandwidth
• 19 dB voltage gain
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Positive Supply Voltage
Negative Supply Voltage
10V
-10V
Output Current
Power Dissipation
Derate above +85QC
25 mA
450 mW
5 mW/°C
Differential Input Voltage
±2.5V
Operating Temperature
-55°Cto+125°C
Common Mode Input Voltage
±2.5V-
Storage Temperature
-65°Cto+150°C
SCHEMATIC
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
0©
«ii® ©
at Connection - DO NOT USE
Electrical Characteristics (T A = 25°C,
V CC =+6V,V EE = -6V. f =
1.75 MHz, F
t L = 1 MSI)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
Input Offset Voltage
•
-
1.5
-
mV
Input Offset Current
-
1
10
*iA
Input Bias Current
-
16
36
MA
Output Offset Voltage
R s = 1 kSl
-
54
300
mV
Quiescent Output Voltage
Pins 4 and 5 open
3.8
4.4
5.0
V
Pin5to-V EE
-
4.8
-
V
Pin4to-V EE
-
2.7
-
V
Quiescent Power Dissipation
Pins 4 and 5 open
60
78
120
mW
Pin 5to-V EE
-
71
-
mW
Pin 4 to -V EE
-
110
-
mW
Differential Voltage Gain
16
19
-
dB
f = 20 MHz
10
14
-
dB
3 dB Bandwidth
R s = 50 SI
16
30
MHz
Maximum Output Swing
R s = 50ft
-
5
-
Vp
Noise Figure
R s = 1k
-
5
-
dB
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
f = 1 kHz
-
88
-
dB
Input Impedance
-
150
-
kSl
Input Capacitance
-
3.4
-
Pf
Output Resistance
-
45
-
SI
AGC Range
55
60
-
dB
Zero Voltage Switch
SG3058 / SG3059 / SG3079
Description
The SG3058, SG3059 and SG3079 zero crossing switching
circuits are designed for a wide variety of AC power
applications. These devices will operate with AC input
voltages of 24 to 277 volts at frequencies of 50 to 400
Hertz and will provide an output capable of controlling
most common triacs and thyristors. Each circuit contains
a limiting power supply, a differential sensing amplifier,
a zero-crossing detector and a triac gating circuit. The
SG3058 and SG3059 additionally contain protective
circuits to inhibit thyristor firing under abnormal condi-
tions. The SG3058 is specified over the full military
temperature range of T 55°C to + 125°C while the SG3059
and SG3079 are designed for — 40°C to + 85°C
applications.
Features
• 24V, 120V, 220V, 277V operation at 50, 60 or 400 Hz
• Built-in power supply
• High-gain differential sensing amplifier
• Output synchronized with zero crossing for minimum R.F.I.
• 150 mA output pulse current
Absolute Maximum Ratings
DC Supply Voltage (between pins 2 & 7)
SG3058, SG3059
14 V
SG3079
10 V
Peak Supply Current
(between pins 5 & 7)
±50mA
Output Pulse Current (pin 4)
150 mA
Power Dissipation
J Package (cerdip)SG3058 J
1000 mW
Derate above 25°C
6.7mW/ 8 C
N Package (plastic)SG3059N/SG3079N 600 mW
Derate above 25°C 6.0 mW/ °C
Operating Temperature Range
SG3058J -55°Cto+125°C
SG3059N, SG3079N -40°C to + 85°C
Storage Temperature Range — 65°C to + 150°C
Lead Temperature (soldering 60 sec.) +300°C
Electrical Characteristics (T A = 25°C, AC Line Voltage = 120 Vrms, 50-60 Hz unless otherwise specified)
Parameter
Conditions
Limits
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Units
DC Supply Voltage:
Inhibit Mode
@ 50/60 Hz
R s = 10k, 1, =
6.1
6.5
7.0
V
@ 400 Hz
R s = 10k, 1, =0
—
6.8
—
V
@ 50/60 Hz
R s = 5k, 1,, = 2mA
—
6.4
—
V
Pulse Mode
@ 50/60 Hz
R s =: lOk.l, =0
6.0
6.4
7.0
V
@ 400 Hz
R s = iok, 1, =0
—
6.7
—
V
@ 50/60 Hz
R s = 5k, 1, =2mA
—
6.3
—
V
@ 50/60 Hz, SG3058
R s = iok, 1, =
T A = -55°C to +125°C
5.5
7.5
V
Peak Output Pulse Current
Pin 3 open, V GT =
50
84
—
mA
Pin 3 & 2 connected, V GT =
90
124
—
mA
Inhibit Input Ratio: All Types
SG3058
Pin 9 to 2 Voltage Ratio
T A =-55°Cto + 125°C
.465
.485
.520
—
.450
—
.520
—
Total Gate Pulse Duration:
Positive *L I" 50 " 60 Hz
rosmve rft | 4Q0 Rz
70
100
12
140
MS •
Necative dv f 50 " 60 Hz
Negative— [ 4Q0 Hz
70
100
10
140
MS
MS
Output Leakage Current: All Types
.001
10
M
SG3058
T A = -55°Cto +125°C
—
—
20
M
Input Bias Current: SG3058, SG3059
—
220
1000
nA
SG3079
—
220
2000
nA
Common Mode Input Voltage Range
Pins 9 and 13 connected
—
1.5 to 5
—
V
Pulse Mode Sensitivity
AV at pin 13 to change output
—
6
—
mV
AC Input Voltage
Input Series
Power Rating
(50/60 or 400 Hz)
Resistor (R s )
forR s
VAC
Kn
W
24
2
0.5
120
10
2.0
208/230
20
4.0
277
25
5.0
Applications Data (SG3058 and SG3059 only)
1. Fail-safe protection (pin 14) — When pin 14 is
connected to pin 13, a special protection circuit is
activated which inhibits the output if the sensor either
shorts or opens. To assure proper operation of this
protection, the following conditions should be
observed:
a. Limit the output current to 2 mA with a 5K
dropping resistor.
b. Set the value of R,. and the sensor resistance,
Rx, between 2Kand lOOKohms.
c. Maintain a ratio of R x to R,, between 0.33 and 3.0
over all operating conditions.
2. Inhibit command (pin 1) — A priority inhibit command
at pin 1 will eliminate any output pulse. This signal
should be at least 1.2V at 10^,A and is compatible
with DTL or T 2 L logic outputs.
3. External Trigger (pin 6) — The base of the Darlington
NPN output stage is brought out on pin 6 for direct
control of the output. Signal requirements are the
same as for pin 1.
4. DC Mode (pin 12) — Connecting pins 7 and 12 disables
the zero-crossing detector and allows the flow of output
current on demand from the differential sensing
amplifier. This mode of operation is useful when
comparator operation is desired or when inductive loads
are switched. To avoid overloading th® internal power
supply, the output current should be limited to 2mA
with a 5K dropping resistor.
83
APPLICATIONS NOTES
SG1401 Video Amplifier
SQ1402 Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier
SG1501A Dual Polarity Tracking Regulator
SG1524 Regulating Pulse Width Modulator
84
Applications Notes — The SG1401 Video Amplifier
The SG1401-SG3401 has been designed to provide maximum versatility
as a general-purpose, single-ended amplifier. With its broad frequency
capability, this circuit will be useful in a wide range of applications
provided that the usual considerations for high-frequency circuit designs
are observed. The following information is presented toward aiding in the
optimization of the many possible configurations of this device.
FIXED GAIN
In the circuit configuration shown in Figure 1, the overall voltage gain
is approximated by resistors R1 and the parallel combination of R2 and
R3,as
"1
Av«1 +— , where R =
R 2 R 3
Ro + Rq
25
§20
1
z
<
«15
(9
i io
5
-o-u
€L©
► 1K R2
> 2.4K
Figure 1 .
EXTERNAL PARALLEL RESISTOR - OHMS
Figure 2. External Gain Control.
— I — I —
PIN 3 TO AC GROUND
PIN 3 TO PIN 9
PI
N 3 TO PI
si 8
PIN 3 OPEN
I i
+25 +50 +75 +100 +125
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE - °C
Figure 3. Temperature Stability.
With no external connections, the voltage gain is determined solely by R1
and R2 and is VA or 3 dB. Decreasing the effective value of R2 by
capacitively coupling a lower resistor in parallel, raises the gain. Four fixed
gain settings are provided internal to the circuit; however, any other setting
within the maximum gain of the amplifier is possible with external resistors
as shown in Figure 2.
The value of the coupling capacitor, Cf is determined by the low
frequency response desired, as its capacitive reactance wilt add to the value
of the resistance it couples. Therefore, the lower cutoff frequency will be
f ~— !_
c 2ttR 3 C f
Utilizing the internal 90 or 460 ohm resistors for higher gain settings
provides the added advantage of maximum temperature stability since the
close tracking of adjacent diffused resistors keeps their ratio constant.
Typical temperature variation of this circuit is shown below:
VARIABLE GAIN
Since the dynamic impedance of a forward-biased diode is inversely
proportional to the current through it, a convenient gain control can be
achieved by using a pair of diodes as a variable impedance. In the circuit of
Figure 4, R3 has been replaced by two diodes whose impedances act in
parallel due to the decoupling of Cq. If the diodes are driven from a
voltage source, a logarithmic relationship between gain and control signal is
achieved (see Figure 5); while if a current source is used, the relationship is
linear as shown in Figure 6.
There are two limitations on this form of gain control. First, the diodes'
capacitance limits their effectiveness to frequencies below 20 MHz and,
secondly, the signal voltage across the diodes should be held to less than 50
millivolts RMS to minimize self-modulation of amplifier gain. Additionally,
the AGC current should be limited to 3 mA maximum to keep the diodes
out of saturation.
85
Applications Notes — The SG1401 Video Amplifier
— 0-
DIODE
DRIVE t
€L©
► IK R2 <
> 2.4K *
Figure 4.
k
G.C.
1
F.B. C ^A.G.C. ■■
aL&^)|_5h, :±:c d
■OGNO
I I
PIN 3 TO AC GROUND
25
§20
Z
<
O 15
Ul
|
§10
5
PIN 3 TO PIN 9
C S = — —
C s -4.7pF ---
PIN 3 TO PIN 8
v/
PIN 3 OPEN
V > 1
^u - -*
ii
t"
FREQUENCY - MEGAHERTZ
Figure 7. Frequency Response.
§10
PIN2DRIV
A VOLTAG
EN FROM
E SOURCE
Figure 5. Gain vs. AGC Diode Voltage
PIN2DRIV
EN FROM
ACURREN
T SOURCE
AGC CURRENT - MICROAMPS
Figure 6. Gain vs. AGC Diode Current.
HIGH FREQUENCY STABILITY
With the capability of operation at 100 MHz, the SG1401-SG3401 also
has some susceptibility to external stray reactances; however, with
reasonable care, complete stability may be assured. Some general precau-
tions which should be considered include the following:
(1) Power supply decoupling close to the circuit terminals (a 0.1 mfd
capacitor is usually adequate).
(2) Maintain separation of input and output lines.
(3) Minimize load capacitance or insert a series resistor (up to 50 ohms)
in the output.
(4) Purposely limit the high frequency response with a stabilizing
capacitor Cs between pins 3 and 4.
Since the gain of this circuit is reduced by increasing the amount of
feedback, the potential for instability is greatest when the gain is at its
minimum value. This characteristic and the stabilizing effects of a 4.7
picofarad capacitor between pins 4 and 3 are illustrated in the frequency
response curves presented in Figure 7. The relationship between the value
of Cs and the upper cutoff frequency of a 20 dB gain setting is shown in
Figure 8 below.
S 30
PIN 3
COUP
LEDTC
PIN 9
3 5 10 20 30
Cs BETWEEN PINS C AND D - PF.
Figure 8. Upper Cutoff Frequency vs. Cs Value.
86
Application Notes— SG1402 — Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier
INTRODUCTION
Rapid advances in the state-of-the-art of processing monolithic linear
integrated circuits have made the use of tightly matched components a
practical reality. This in turn has opened the doors to a new class of circuit
characterized by its utility, versatility, and ease of application. It is now
possible to include on a monolithic chip, many of the components which,
because of relatively poor tolerances, were formerly required to be external
to the circuit. The SG1402, shown schematically in Figure 1, illustrates
this capability both by its inclusion of all necessary biasing networks and
by the nature of the circuit itself which requires extremely well matched
component parameters for successful operation.
(§)<£) ®
Figure 1. SG1402 Schematic Diagram.
R7 jc2
<
3 A KU
.<*-<
0i.
Figure 2. Simplified Schematic of the Multiplier Section
of the SG 1402.
The collector current in one side of a simple differential amplifier (Q5
and Q7, for example) is:
'El
1 + expi
(U
where: l^ = sum of currents in each collector
kT
26 millivolts at 25°C
v c = differential input voltage
HOW IT WORKS
The heart of the SG1402 is a four quadrant multiplier consisting of two
cross-coupled differential amplifiers which are jointly controlled by a third
differential amplifier. This part of the circuit is shown in simplified form as
Figure 2. The constant current, l , is divided by Q6 and Q10 and divided
again by each of the upper diff amps such that, for balanced operation,
transistors Q5, Q7, 09, and Q12 each have % l flowing through them. An
examination of the way in which the above diff amps are cross-coupled will
show that while the collector load resistors receive a portion of their
current from each diff amp, the signals will arrive out of phase with respect
to each other. This is because the input voltage, v c , is amplified common
emitter -with 180° phase shift -through Q9 and summed at resistor R7
with the signal which has gone common collector-common base - with 0°
phase shift - through 07 and 05. Therefore, with the circuit perfectly
balanced, the two signals completely cancel out and the output has zero
signal. This can be shown mathematically as follows:
This equation can be differentiated to obtain the transconductance
which, for small values of v c , is:
gm =
di c1 q'Ei
" d v c " 4kT
In a similar manner, the transconductance through Q9 is:
di c2 1»E2
gm =
and the total voltage gain, Av is:
d v c 4kT
di c1 di c2
Av=R. -7-- + -J
L dv„ d
= -^<l -I )
87
Applications Notes — Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier
Since lEI + 'E2 = 'o# it can De seen tnat wnen v m = 0» 'El = 'E2 = 1/ *
l and Av= 0. With l£i and Ie2 being collector currents of another
differential amplifier, the total small-signal gain equation may be written:
A V ° R
Av= — =
4 kT ^ +
1
1
exp
Wi '♦"•fcWI
The circuit gain of the SG 1402 is less than that predicted by the above
equation due to the local feedback offered by the 20 ohm emitter resistors.
The actual relationship between Av and v m is shown in Figure 3 while
Figure 4 graphs the full four-quadrant transfer function between the input
voltage, v c , the control voltage, v m , and the output voltage. Note that the
20 ohm emitter resistors provide linearity for ±60 millivolts of input
voltage while the modulating voltage is only linear for approximately half
that value. It should be recognized from Figure 4 that output limiting
occurs at a constant input voltage regardless of the modulating voltage. In
other words, reducing the gain reduces the maximum peak-to-peak output
swing.
BIASING CIRCUITRY
Key to the utility of the SG1402 is the inclusion of all the biasing and
level shifting circuitry normally required as external components. This is
provided by matched current sources and low impedance voltage sources.
Resistors R1, R2, R3 and R4 are directly across the supply voltage and
establish a current:
' v s- v beqi
b*R| + R2 + R3 + R4
= 1 mAat 10 volts
Transistors Q14 and Q16 have the same geometries and emitter resistors
as Q1 and therefore, with the same base voltage, they each are also
conducting one milliamp and provide the loads for the output emitter
followers, Q13 and Q15. This saves chip area as a transistor requires less
space than a resistor which would establish the same current.
Transistor Q8 has four times the emitter area and % the, emitter resistor
as Q1 and thus defines a current level i of 4 milliamps.
180"
»CPM
SESHI
FT 1
0°CPI
ASES
<IFT
FC
R DIF
MM
: EREN
TIPLY
TIALG
BY 2
AIN,
-80 -60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100
DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL VOLTAGE - MILLIVOLTS
Figure 3. Differential Gain Control.
-120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 +20+40+60+80 +100 +120
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE - MILLIVOLTS
Figure 4. Multiplier Transfer Function.
The bias voltage levels required at different points in the circuit are all
defined by the same resistors which set the current levels but there is no
mutual interaction due to the insertion of Q2 and Q3 which act as
low-impedance isolators.
Transistors Q4 and Q11 serve only as common-base stages to isolate the
load resistor from the collector capacitance of the parallel diff-amp
transistors. Thus, frequency response is improved with only slight increase
in circuit complexity.
The chip layout of the SG1402 was done to optimize the component
matching regardless of mask registration and process variations. From the
photomicrograph shown in Figure 5, it can be seen how the symmetrical
nature of the circuit was exploited to obtain matched parameters. The chip
has an area of 48 by 39 mils.
Figure 5. Photomicrograph of SG 1402 Chip.
88
Applications Notes — Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier
VARIABLE GAIN AMPLIFICATION
The circuit of Figure 6 shows the simplest application of the SG1402 as
a single-ended, variable-gain amplifier. The signals at the two outputs are
always equal in magnitude and opposite in phase. As the gain control
potentiometer is moved from one end to the other, each output will start
with a maximum signal, reduce to a minimum when the pot is centered,
and increase to maximum again in the opposite phase as the wiper gets to
the other end of the potentiometer.
Figure 6. Single-Ended Variable-Gain Amplifier Configuration with
Manual Gain Control to Provide Maximum Output of Either Phase.
+30
+20
1
z
< +10
o
uu
*
I
>
5-..
m
oc
DC CONTROL VOLTAGE - VOLTS
Figure 8. Gain Variation as a Function of Control Voltage with
Diode Coupled Input.
t I I! « 1 i I H H «
y y II ii y y y y y v
For applications where a phase change is not desired, the incorporation
of a diode as shown in Figure 7 will allow a DC control voltage to vary the
input-output transfer function from a gain of +25 dB to an attenuation of
-25 dB. This relationship is plotted in the graph of Figure 8.
Since this change in transfer function is accomplished with no net
change in either operating currents or bias levels, it is transient-free and
extremely fast-reacting. Thus, the circuit of Figure 7 may also be used as a
gated amplifier with the control requirements compatible with to 5 volt
logic levels. The waveform in Figure 9 shows a 1 MHz signal controlled
with a 10 microsecond pulse.
Figure 7. Addition of Diode Provides Gain Control Without Phase
Change. Balance May be Eliminated if Maximum Attenuation is
not Required.
Figure 9. Gate Amplifier or Pulse Modulator Response. Input is
10 mVrms, 1 MHz and Control Voltage is to 5 Volt Square
Wave with f = 50 kHz.
MODULATION
The multiplying function of the SG1402 can be used to provide both
balanced and amplitude modulation i tilizing the basic circuit shown in
Figure 10. With the potentiometer adjusted for optimum balance, the
carrier signal is canceled out producing a doublesideband waveform at the
output. Depending upon the amplitude of the carrier signal, higher
frequency harmonics can also be generated; however, if only the lower
sideband is used, filtering of the upper sideband will also eliminate all the
harmonics. It should be noted that this balanced modulation is achieved
without the need for the usual transformers and only capacitive coupling
is required. Typical waveforms are shown in Figure 11.
Figure 10. Balanced Modulator.
89
Applications Notes — Wideband Amplifier/Multiplier
\ A A A A A A A A
mum:
y \j \j \j v \j \j \j
Figure 1 1 . Balanced Modulator Output Waveform. (0.1 V/cm,
50jus/cm,f c = 1 MHz, f m = 10 KHz).
If the potentiometer is adjusted so that the circuit is unbalanced, then
the carrier is included in the output signal and amplitude modulation as
shown in Figure 12 results. The optimum adjustment can most readily be
made while observing the output waveform on an oscilloscope. Care should
be taken that neither signal overdrive the circuit.
Figure 12. Amplitude Modulator Output Waveform. (0.2V/cm,
50jus/div,f c =1 MHz,f m = 10KHz).
By using a signal to modulate itself with the circuit shown in Figure 13,
the input is squared and since
2
cos* art
y 2 [i
2 an]
the output frequency is twice that of the input. Typical waveforms for this
frequency doubler application are shown in Figure 14.
Figure 13. Frequency Doubler.
Figure 14. Frequency Doubler Input and Output Waveform.
(50mV/cm, 0.2 jus/div, f 1 = 1 MHz, f2 = 2 MHz).
DEMODULATORS
The same features which make the SG1402 an excellent modulator
provide superior performance when the circuit is used as a single or double
sideband demodulator. The circuit of Figure 15 illustrates the simplicity of
this application. The balance pot is not necessary since the inserted carrier
is eliminated by the low-pass filter at the output.
Figure 15. Balanced Demodulator.
The same general approach may be used for amplitude modulation and
a block diagram of a simple AM detector is shown in Figure 16. Thus, the
SG1402 can be used in receivers which combine SSB and AM to provide
complete signal transformation in either mode of operation.
AM SIGNAL
Umuc
fc>C
Figure 16. AM Detector Block Diagram.
CONCLUSIONS
With the introduction of the SG1402, Silicon General has provided a
powerful tool to the communications engineer and all others working with
information processing. Because of its versatility and capability, this device
opens the way to a much greater utilization of carrier transmission schemes
for data handling in applications ranging from outer space to home
kitchens.
90
Application Notes — SG1501A — Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators
CIRCUIT OPERATION
The first IC to combine a positive and negative voltage regulator on a
single chip was the SGI 501, and this device has since been supplemented
with three new tracking regulator designs - the SGI 502, the SGI 501 A,
and the SGI 568.
All four of these tracking regulators operate in a similar manner which
is best visualized through the block diagram shown in Figure 1. This circuit
is fundamentally a tracking regulator. That is, the negative voltage is
regulated and the positive output tracks the negative. (Note: In the
SG1568, the circuit is reversed in that the negative side tracks the regulated
positive output; however, the principle is the same.) Negative regulation is
accomplished by providing a constant-voltage reference for the negative
error amplifier, but the reference input to the positive error amplifier is
grounded. This amplifier forces its other input, which is the center-tap
between equal resistors, to also be at zero volts, thus requiring the positive
output to be equal in magnitude but opposite in polarity to the negative
output.
POSITIVE INPUT
POSITIVE OUTPUT
NEGATIVE INPUT
NEGATIVE OUTPUT
Figure 1. Block Diagram
The SG1501 and SGI 501 A are interchangeable and both can be used
by themselves to provide load currents to the maximum defined by
package dissipation, or can be combined with external pass transistors for
currents in excess of two amps. Both devices feature constant current
limiting with the value set by an external resistor. The SGI 568 is similar in
all respects to the SG1501 except that it is frequency compensated in a
slightly different way.
The SG1502 uses the same basic circuit as the SG1501 but has two
important differences. First, the voltage setting resistors are external to the
device providing greater flexibility in adjusting the output voltage levels to
other than ±15V. Secondly, the current limit circuitry has been changed to
allow its use in a foldback mode. Foldback current limiting provides for a
short circuit current value less than the maximum load current and is a
significant feature when the major power dissipation is in external pass
transistors rather than the IC.
Self-contained thermal shutdown is the primary improvement offered
by the SG1501A although increases in both the maximum input voltage
and load current have also been made. With thermal shutdown,
temperature sensing circuitry on the chip is designed to turn off the output
current when the junction temperature exceeds a safe limit - typically
170°C. The significance of this feature is that the designer now need not
design around short-circuit power dissipation limits - the device will take
care of itself. Since short-circuit power is typically more than twice as
much as maximum operating power, this means a two-times, or better,
improvement in load current is possible. It should be noted that even with
thermal limiting circuitry, the maximum current must be controlled to
allow time for this protection to react.
APPLICATIONS
With this technique, a single adjustment of the negative voltage divider
- which changes the negative output level - will also provide exactly the
same change to the positive output voltage. This tracking will hold all the
way from approximately one volt above the reference voltage to a
maximum value of about two volts less than the input supply voltage.
DESIGNER'S CHOICE
With four IC's to choose from some discussion of the significant
features of each type is in order. Three of the devices, the SG1501A, the
SG1501 and the SGI 568 are factory set at ±15V regulators while the
fourth, the SG1502, is user-adjusted to provide outputs from ±8V to
±28V.
POSITIVE
INPUT
Rsc
10fi
.Lei
T .o,
C3 +
1.0 *
i
i_
t V
_ Out Sense Stab ' Bal
n I Adj
POSITIVE I
NEGATIVE I
jn Out Sense Stab'
Gnd
Volt
Adj
NEGATIVE
"sc
ion
1.
-r .01
C4 H
1.0 -
INPUT
wv*
The simplest way to use the SG1501 and SG1501A is in the basic
circuit shown in Figure 2. In this form, the device will handle 50 to
100 mA, depending on the heat sinking (more about this later) and will
provide ±15V outputs with typically less than two millivolts of sensitivity
to either line or load variations. Because of this excellent line regulation,
there is no need for symmetrical input supply voltage levels. The only
requirement is that each level be greater than its associated output and that
the total voltage between positive and negative supplies be less than 60V
(70V for the SG1501A). The minimum input voltage is defined by the
regulator dropout characteristics shown in Figure 3.
I s
< 4
SG1501A
Ta = 25°C
Rsc =
I
1
O T
begoiatoHj^
poswve
z
— -J-s^S^T
5 1
s
z
I
— *-' we^ n
LOAD CURRENT - MILLIAMPS
Figure 2. Basic ±15V, 50 mA Regulator
Figure 3. Regulator Dropout Voltage
91
Application Notes — SG1501A — Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators
value is such that the time constant, Rsc C, is equal to 10 x 10~6 second.
This capacitor, as well as the output capacitors, C3 and C4, must be low
ESR types such as solid tantalum.
Figure 4. Artificial ground for use with an ungrounded
or single level voltage.
When operating from a single voltage source, an ungrounded supply is
required. An artificial ground can be provided as shown in Figure 4. In this
circuit, the external transistors will conduct as necessary to accommodate
unbalanced load requirements and while the outputs will float between the
two input levels, they will be held constant with respect to this artificial
ground.
CURRENT LIMITING
Current sensing is provided by transistors Q12 and Q13 (see schematic,
Figure 5) which are normally held off by an external base-to-emitter
resistor, Rsc. When the load current passing through this resistor develops
enough voltage, the transistor turns on and diverts drive current away from
the series pass transistors. The sense voltage is equal to approximately
0.6V at Tj = 25° C, but it is temperature dependent decreasing to 0.4V at
125°C as shown in Figure 6. Note that it is junction temperature that
determines the sense level, and thus increasing the power dissipation within
the circuit can lower the value at which limiting will occur. The value of
the limiting resistor, Rsc, should be selected by:
Sense Voltage at Maximum Tj
Rsc =
Allowable Short Circuit Current
where, for maximum regulation, the allowable short circuit current should
be at least 20% more than the maximum expected load current.
Under some conditions, a low-level oscillation may be present on the
negative side when the device goes into current limiting. Should this be a
problem, it may be eliminated by by-passing Rsc with a capacitor whose
g=PO^Q
1
«a*r /Wr
I
f^
i
CURRENT LIMIT
1 1 "" M
_ SENSE VOLTAGE
Rsc
ro,f^
+25 +50 +76 +100 +125
JUNCTION TEMPERATURE - °C
Figure 5. SG1501A Schematic Diagram
Figure 6. Current Limiting Characteristics
POWER CONSIDERATIONS
Although these dual regulators are designed to handle large load
currents and high input voltages, the product of the two can easily exceed
the maximum total device dissipation allowed by the package. The func-
tional limitation which should be considered for each application is that for
maximum reliability the junction temperature of the chip should not
exceed 170°C. This is usually derated to give a maximum design operating
Tjof150°C.
To evaluate the maximum junction temperature possible in a given
application, the following three parameters must be known:
1. The power dissipation within the chip
2. The thermal resistance from junction to ambient (or heat sink)
3. The ambient (or heat sink) temperature
The power dissipation within the chip is equal to the sum of the input
voltage times the standby current plus the input-output voltage differential
times the load current, for each side of the regulator. For example, the
total power dissipation for ±20V inputs, ±1 5V outputs, and 50 mA load
currents is:
Pd = 20 (2) + 20.(3) + 5 (50) + 5 (50)
= 100 mW standby + 500 mW load current
= 600mW
The thermal resistance is the resistance to heat flow from the junction
to the ultimate heat sink. For parts mounted in the open, still air, the
thermal resistance (0jA) is equal to 185°C/watt for the T0-100 metal can
and 125°C/watt for the TO-116 ceramic DIP. Blowing air across the
package, or the use of some form of heat radiator can significantly reduce
these numbers. For example, the use of lERC's model TXBF-032-0256 top
hat radiator on the TO-100 package, reduces 0jA to 130°C/watt, while
their model LI C-214A-2B radiator for the TO-116 will give an 0jA of
50°C/watt for that package. Finally, a perfect heat sink reduces 0jA to
0jC which is 50°C/watt for the T0-100 and 20°C/watt for the TO-116.
92
Application Notes — SG1501A — Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators
With the above information, the maximum power handling capability of
the package can be determined as follows:
1. Calculate the maximum allowable junction temperature rise:
ATj = 150°C - Ta (max)
2. Calculate the power availability:
Pd = ATj/0jA
3. From this number, subtract the maximum standby dissipation:
Psb = (V+ max) (lsb+) + (V- max) (Isb— )
4. The remainder can be used to determine the maximum load current
as a function of input-output voltage differential.
The curves of Figure 7 show these relationships for each package
under the assumptions of 25°C ambient, and symmetrical input and
output voltages and load currents.
s 100
o
i-
£ 60
K
K
3
Ti(max)
■ 160°C
T A -28«
V in (+I -
C. FREE AIR
Vi„(-)
L(-)
O-PACKAGE
^ Pd » 1000 m
N
.0 mW/°C
z
1
T-PACK
Pd-i
OER
AGE ^^^
180 mW ^"N^
ATE 5.4 mW/oc ~
r
INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL - VOLTS
Figure 7. Maximum Current Capability
EXTERNAL POWER TRANSISTORS
Additional current handling capability may be provided through the
use of external power transistors in the configuration shown in Figure 8. In
this circuit, the 75 ohm base-to-emitter resistors provide a path for the
regulator standby current and should not be increased in value. An addi-
tional consideration is the use of solid tantalum output capacitors as most
common electrolytic types have too high an equivalent series resistance,
particularly at high frequencies.
The power transistors are not critical and can be selected on the basis
of current and voltage capability, and on mechanical requirements for
practical heat sinking. Note that only one transistor need be used if only
one side has excessive load current. Although low-frequency devices will
minimize the risk of oscillation, unique transistor characteristics may
require a small capacitor (0.1 mfd) from base to ground or a larger value
(5 mfd) from base to emitter for complete stability.
POSITIVE
2NS193 A A .
INPUT
i— *A\
jlC1
1-1.0.
J+C2
1-1.0
• 75
| W,
f
o.3n
1.
05 1
10 -
GROUND — i
! V in 'Out Sent* Stab' Bal G
Adj
1 POSITIVE '
nd
olt
1 NEGATIVE 1
j Vj,, Out Same Stab J )
NEGATIVE
I
0.3fi
L
T
C6 tl
10 -
INPUT
2N5190
►•W
* Solid Tantalum types preferred
Figure 8. High Current Configuration, One Amp Output
FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITING
With constant-current limiting as shown in Figure 8, the power dissipa-
tion in the pass transistors under short circuit conditions can be substantial.
Here, the thermal limiting feature of the SG1501A can't do much good
since it senses the IC temperature rather than the external transistors. To
eliminate the problem of having to heat sink a short circuit power two to
three times normal operating levels, the use of the SG1502 in the circuit of
Figure 9 should be considered. The dividers of R5'and R6 pre-bias the
current limiting such that when the output is shorted, the maximum
current is substantially reduced from its normal operating level. The values
for R5 and R6 are most easily determined from an itterath/e solution of
the equations below with the trade-off being that a greater amount of fold-
back requires a larger voltage drop across Rsc:
R5
Sense Voltage + — Vo
Max Load Current «
Rsc
R6
Short Circuit Current
Sense Voltage
Rsc
Figure 9. Foldback Current Limiting
VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENTS
With both output voltage levels internally set for 15V, (±200 mV for
the SGI 501/2501 and ±500 mV for the SG3501) these devices require no
additional resistors for many applications. It is possible, however, to
externally vary the output voltages from ±10 to ±23V by using external
resistors to shunt one or both of the internal resistors which set the
negative output level. The positive output will, of course, track the negative
value.
200
O SO
8-
s
rr M
/ R
■SISTOR F
ROM V. A
W. PIN TC
GND^
gs.o
a 3.0
2.0
^>v
IESISTOR
OUTPUT VOLTAGE - ± VOLTS
Figure 10. External parallel resistor required for voltages
other than ±15V.
The simplest way of changing the output levels is to use a- single resistor
93
Application Notes — SG1501A — Dual-Polarity Tracking Regulators
in parallel with R 17 (see Figure 5) for voltages less than 15V and in parallel
with R16 for voltages above 15V. The graph of Figure 10 shows the
approximate value to use in either case.
This method of adjusting output levels has one disadvantage, however.
Diffused resistors have a positive temperature coefficient and while they
can be made to track each other extremely well, with one of them shunted
this tracking becomes degraded. A method offering greater temperature
stability js the use of a pair of resistors with values* low enough to swamp
out the internal divider. By shunting R16 with 1.2k, and R17 with a
resistor selected by:
1.2 (Vo- 6.2)
R17"= kft
6.2
where Vo is the desired output voltage, a four-fold improvement in
temperature performance is achieved at the expense of the additional
divider current. Figure 1 1 shows that temperature variation which may be
expected both with a single shunt resistor and with a divider drawing
approximately five milliamps of current. Note that these temperature
shifts are caused by changes in chip temperature which could result from
variations of either ambient temperature or internal power dissipation.
J
+.06
|+.04
f.02
1
'
/
/
'
sir
GLE EXT
IRNAL RE
SISTOR v
^^
7^
5mAD
IVIDER —
^
£-
-
-^
2
I -.02
MAL SHIP
%CHA
CHAN
NGE IN O
3E IN JUN
JTPUT VO
CTION TEMP
OUTPUT VOLTAGE -
Figure 11. Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage
In the 14 pin dual-in-line package, a connection is provided to the
junction of R21 and R22. An external resistor divider can be used here in
the same manner to either balance the two outputs so that they are exactly
equal in magnitude or to unbalance them for non-symmetrical output
levels.
Although all of these dual regulator types have provisions for adjust-
ment of the output voltage levels, with its user-supplied voltage setting
resistors, the SG1502 is the best choice for applications very far from
±15V. The divider resistors (see Figure 9 ) are selected as follows:
Negative Vo
6.2(R1 + R2)
R1
R3
Positive Vo = — (Negative Vo)
R4
One common application for positive and negative voltages is as a
power source for the widely used 710 and 711 IC voltage comparators.
Since these devices are designed for +12 and -6V operation, it takes a
circuit as shown in Figure 12 to get around the ± 8V minimum output
limitation of these regulators. Here, the nominal ±15V output of the
SGI 501 has been reduced to ±12V by the 2.0k and 1.8k voltage divider.
Six volts are then subtracted from the negative output by the IN4735
zener diode. Because the diode is outside the feedback loop, some minor
variations in the -6V output may be observed due to its temperature
coefficient or dynamic impedance. These variations have negligible effect
on the comparators, however, as the negative voltage is used only to bias
high impedance current sources.
\A* i
V IN OUT STAB SENSE GND
VOLT
Vf N OUT STAB SENSE ADJ
+12 V OUTPUT
-12 V V \ $ V OUTPUT
Figure 12. Using the SGI 501 to provide +12 and -6V outputs.
Zener diodes can also be put to use in applications requiring high input
voltages. In the circuit of Figure 13, the small signal zener diodes reduce
the voltage applied to the IC while allowing the easily heat-sinked power
transistors to absorb the added power dissipation caused by a large input-
output differential.
mi
ruci ii ■ J — J L-i—
Figure 13. Zener diodes used to prevent high input voltages
from appearing across the device.
CONCLUSIONS
With two complete regulators in a single IC, these new regulators offer
an improved approach to power distribution. Their high degree of per-
formance and freedom from large numbers of external components make
"on-card", or distributed regulation a practical reality. By regulating at the
point of use, the system designer has eliminated many knotty problems
such as lead inductance, decoupling, line drop through connectors, etc. In
addition, since each circuit card or module can now regulate its own
voltage, complete interchangeability is more nearly assured and the
problems of equipment maintenance are greatly eased.
94
Application Notes — SG1524
SIMPLIFYING CONVERTER DESIGN WITH
A NEW INTEGRATED REGULATING PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR
Bob Mamma no
Director, Advanced Development
SILICON GENERAL, INC.
Westminster, California
Abstract
A new monolithic integrated circuit is described which contains all the control circuitry for a regulating
power supply converter or switching regulator. Included in this 16-pin dual-in-line package is the voltage
reference, error amplifier, oscillator, pulse width modulator, pulse steering flip-flop, dual alternating
output switches, and current limiting and shutdown circuitry. This device can be used for switching
regulators of either polarity, transformer coupled DC to DC converters, transformer- less voltage doubters
and polarity converters, as well as other power control applications.
INTRODUCTION
Implementing a switching power supply has just become signifi-
cantly easier with the introduction of Ihe SG1524 series of
Regulating Pulse Width Modulator integrated circuits. Long
recognized as offering greatly improved efficiencies, the develop-
ment of switching supplies has been hampered by the com-
plexity of the low-level circuitry required to provide the proper
signals for adequate control of the switching transistors. As a
result, these supplies have tended to be more costly, larger in
size, and with poorer reliability than could be justified by their
improved efficiency. Even when threats of higher energy costs
and potential brown-outs have made switching supplies manda-
tory, their complexity has made the engineering design task a
most formidable undertaking.
The remainder of this paper will describe each of the indivi-
dual blocks in the following diagram in considerable detail
and then offer a few basic application suggestions.
FIGURE 1 -SG1524 BLOCK DIAGRAM
With the introduction of the SG1524, a major portion of the
complex low-level control circuitry has been integrated into a
single LSI linear integrated circuit. This monolithic chip,
packaged in a 16-pin dual-in-line outline, implements the entire
block diagram shown in Figure 1.
It is the integration of all these different functions into a single
IC that qualifies the SG1524 as one of the best examples to
date of large scale integration as applied to analog circuits.
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
The reference circuit of the SG1524 is shown in Figure 2.
This is a complete linear regulator designed to provide a constant
5 volt output with input voltage variations of 8 to 40 volts.
It is internally compensated and short circuit protected. It is
used both to generate a reference voltage and as .the regulated
source for all the internal timing and controlling circuitry. This
regulator may be bypassed for operation from a fixed 5 volt
95
source by connecting pins 15 and 16 together to the input
voltage. In this configuration, the maximum input voltage is 6
volts. While discussing input power, it should be mentioned
that the entire SG1524 IQ draws less than 10 mA of current,
regardless of input voltage.
M &$j
TO COMPARATOR
FIGURE 4 -SG1524 OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT
A second output from the oscillator is a narrow clock pulse*
which occurs each time C T is discharged. This output pulse
is used for several functions as outlined below:
FIGURE 2 - SG1524 REFERENCE CIRCUIT
This reference regulator may be used as a 5 volt source for other
circuitry. It will provide up to 50 mA of output current itself
and can easily be expanded to higher currents with an external
PNP transistor as shown in Figure 3.
rQT-
100U I ,-»>
i— *-^A. * (J5) —
+V, N
8-40 VOLTS
<f> ir : i
FIGURE 3 - SG1524 EXPANDED CURRENT SOURCE
OSCILLATOR
The oscillator in the SG1524 uses an external resistor (R T ) to
establish a constant charging current into an external capacitor
(C T ). This constant-current charging gives a linear ramp voltage
which provides an overall linear relationship between error
voltage and output pulse width. The SG1524 oscillator circuits
is shown in Figure 4.
(1) As a blanking pulse to both outputs to insure that there
is no possibility of having both outputs on simulta-
neously during transitions. The width of this blanking
pulse can be controlled to some extent by the value
selected forC T .
(2) As a trigger for an internal flip-flop which directs the
PWM signal to alternate between the two outputs. Note
that for single-ended applications, the two outputs can
be connected in parallel and the frequency of the output
is the frequency of the oscillator. For push-pull applica-
tions, the outputs are separated and the action of the
flip-flop provides an output frequency % that of the
oscillator.
(3) As a convenient place to synchronize an oscilloscope for
system de-bugging and maintenance.
(4) As a bi-directional port for external timing synchroniza-
tion. The output pulse from this oscillator — which is
stable to within 2% over variations in both input voltage
and temperature - can be used as a master clock for
other circuitry, including other SG 1 524's. It thus follows
that a positive pulse applied to this terminal can syn-
chronize the SG1524 to an external clock signal.
The waveforms of the two outputs frcm the oscillator are
shown in Figure 5.
96
VOLTS ^^^
SSS
TIME - 5 MICROSECONDS/DIVISION
FIGURE 5 -SG 1524 OSCILLATOR WAVEFORMS
ERROR AMPLIFIER
The error amplifier circuit, shown in Figure 6, is a simple dif-
ferential input, transconductance amplifier. Both inputs and the
FIGURE 6 -SG1524 ERROR AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC
output are available for maximum versatility. The gain of this
amplifier is nominally 10,000 (80 dB) but can be easily reduced
by either feedback or by shunting the output to ground with an
external resistor. The overall frequency response of this ampli-
fier which, by the way, is not internally compensated but yet
is stable with unity gain feedback, is plotted with various values
of external load resistance in Figure 7.
*L^\
*°
7
R L «300kft
1-
111
R L -100kn
R L -30kn
>
R L -Re
littancofro
* Pin 9 to
round
I
FREQUENCY-HERTZ
Phase shifting to compensate for an output filter pole may
readily be accomplished with an external series R-C combina-
tion at the output terminal of the amplifier.
Since the error amplifier is powered by the 5- volt reference
voltage, the acceptable common-mode input voltage range is
restricted to 1.8 to 3.4 volts. This means the reference must be
divided down to be compatible with the amplifier input, but yet
provides the advantage of being able to be used to regulate
negative output voltages. Required input dividers are shown
in Figure 8.
-^
FIGURE 8 - ERROR AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS
Since this amplifier is a transconductance design, the output is a
very high impedance (approximately 5 MSI) and can source or
sink only 200 microamps. This makes the output terminal
(Pin 9) a very convenient place to insert any programming
signal which is to override the error amplifier. Internal shut-
down and current limit circuits are connected here, but any
other circuit which can sink 200 jtA can pull this point to
ground, thereby shutting off both outputs.
For example, the soft start circuit of Figure 9 can be used to
hold Pin 9 to ground — and thus both outputs off— when power
is first applied. As the capacitor charges, the output pulse slowly
increases from zero to the point where the feedback loop takes
control. The diode then isolates this turn-on circuit from
whatever frequency stabilizing network might also be con-
nected to Pin 9.
®
^X^ COMP^^
^ R < (9) COMPENSATION
T
FIGURE 7 -SG1524
ERROR AMP FREQUENCY RESPONSE
FIGURE 9 - SG1524 SOFT START CIRCUITRY
97
CURRENT LIMITING
The current limiting circuit, while shown in the block diagram
as an op amp, is really only a single transistor amplifier as
shown in Figure 10. It is frequency compensated and has a
second transistor to provide temperature compensation and a
reduction of input threshold to 200 mV. When this threshold
FIGURE 10 - SG1524 CURRENT LIMITING
is exceeded, the amplifying transistor turns on and, by pulling
the output of the error amplifier toward ground, linearly de-
creases the output pulse width. One consideration in using this
circuit is that the sense terminals have a ±1 volt common mode
range which requires sensing in the ground line. However, since
differential inputs are available, foldback current limiting can
be implemented as shown in Figure 1 1.
CURRENT LIMIT
FIGURE 11 - FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITING
While orr the subject of protection circuitry, although over-
voltage protection is not built into the SG1524, it is relatively
easy to add by using the internal shutdown circuit in conjunc-
tion with a few external components as shown in Figure 12.
This circuit will provide a low level sensing and latching func-
tion and while it won't protect against a shorted output transis-
tor, it will remove the drive signals with no power dissipation.
OUTPUT STAGES
The outputs of the SGI 524 are two identical NPN transistors
with both collectors and emitters uncommitted. These circuits
are as shown in Figure 13 and include an antisaturation net-
work for fast response and current limiting set for a maximum
output current of approximately 100 mA.
<£>■
^
■^AV-
i<jj)®
— i. r
FIGURE 13 - SG1524 OUTPUT STAGE
The availability of both collectors and emitters allows maxi-
mum versatility to enable driving either NPN or PNP external
transistors; however, it must be remembered that this is only a
switch which closes and opens. Power transistor turn-off drive
must be developed externally. Some suggestions for output
drive circuits are shown in Figure 14.
FIGURE 12 -SG1524 OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION
FIGURE 14 - DRIVING EXTERNAL TRANSISTORS
APPLICATIONS
In considering applications for the SG1524, it appears that
there are three general classifications of switching power supply
98
systems. Included in the first are the transformerless voltage
multiplier circuits shown in Figure 15. These circuits are pri-
marily used for low level applications but can step up, step
<°-W — t — II — — T — M — r— +v °
o
T
X
.X,
-M-
:-»■
r
-»-
T
X
V,M<V
a
-M-
T
=J= iv«i>i
FIGURE 15 - CAPACITOR/DIODE OUTPUT CIRCUITS
down, or change the polarity of an input voltage. The switches
shown can be either the output stages of the SG1 524 or external
transistors. Note that one extra diode is required to protect the
emitter-base junction of switch S A during the times when both
switches are open.
For higher current applications, the single-ended inductor cir-
cuits of Figure 16 represent another classification. Here the two
5
X
i
I
-M-
T
X
V, N >V>
V 1N < V
H4-
X
|V,n|<|V |
FIGURE 16 -SINGLE-ENDED INDUCTOR CIRCUITS
outputs of the SG1524 are connected in parallel, but note that
this does not give twice the current as the switches are alter-
nating internally. This does not affect external performance,
however, and the SG1524 can be used to provide 0-90% duty
cycle modulation in any of the configurations shown.
The third general classification of power supply systems are trans-
former coupled, two types of which are shown in Figure 17.
■tt
■*■
^
M-
T
x
Vo
FIGURE 17 -TRANSFORMER COUPLED CIRCUITS
The push-pull circuit represents the conventional DC to DC
converter with each switch being controlled for - 45% duty
cycle modulation. The second transformer circuit is a single-
ended flyback converter, useful at light loads without a separate
output inductor.
To illustrate the use of the SG1524 in each of the above general
classifications, the following simple, but practical, circuits
are presented:
Figure 18 shows the use of the SG1524 as a low current polar-
ity converter providing a regulated —5 volt output at currents
up to 20 mA from a single positive input voltage. The external
FIGURE 18 - LOW CURRENT POLARITY CONVERTER
components required include the divider resistors to interface
the reference and output voltages with the error amplifier,
a resistor/capacitor to set the operating frequency, and the out-
put diodes and capacitors. The combination of the built-in
current limiting of the SG1524 output stages and the capacitor
99
coupling of the output signal provide full protection against
short circuits and the current limit amplifier is unused. Since
this circuit has no inductor, the output capacitor is more than
enough to stabilize theregulating loop and no additional com-
pensation is required.
Another low-level circuit is the flyback converter shown in
Figure 19.
■*=— i t U± 3lll», i ±
-|<|— J- 0-16V
FIGURE 19- +5 TO ±15 VOLT, FLYBACK CONVERTER
t . '
This circuit is designed to develop a regulated ±15 volt supply
from a single +5 volt source. Note that the' reference terminal
is tied to the input, disabling the internal regulator. The error
amplifier resistors are also tied to the input line so the output
regulation can be no better than the input; however, an external
reference could just as easily have been used.
In this application, the two output stages are connected in
parallel and used as emitter followers to drive a single external
transistor. Since the currents in the secondary of a flyback
transformer are out of phase with the primary current, current
limiting is very difficult to achieve. In this circuit, protection
was provided through the use of a soft-start circuit. If either
output is shorted, the transformer will saturate, providing
more current through the drive transistor. This current is sensed
and used to turn on the 2N2222 which resets the soft-start
circuit and turns off the drive signal. If the short remains, the
regulator will repetitively try to start up and reset with a time
constant set by the soft-start circuit. Removing the short will
then allow the regulating loop to re-establish control.
For higher current applications, the single-ended conventional
switching regulator of Figure 20 is shown.
FIGURE 20-1 AMP, SINGLE-ENDED
SWITCHING REGULATOR
In this case, an external PNP darlington is used to provide a
1-amp current switch. The SG1524 has the two outputs in
parallel, connected as a grounded emitter amplifier. The current
sense resistor is inserted in the ground line and the voltage
across it used for constant current limiting. Note that in addi-
tion to the divider resistors and frequency setting RjCj, a
phase compensation resistor and capacitor is used to stabilize
the loop now that an inductor has been added.
A fourth application would have to be a push-pull, DC to DC
regu lating converter as sh own in F igu re 2 1 .
FIGURE 21 - 5V, 25W, DC TO DC CONVERTER
Here the outputs of the SG1524 are connected as separate
emitter followers driving external transistors. Current limiting
in this application is done in the primary for several reasons:
First, it's easier to live within the ±1 volt common mode limits
of the current limit amplifier; second, since this is a step-down
application, the current — and therefore the power in the
sense resistor - is lower; and third, if the output drive were to
100
become non-symmetrical causing the transformer to approach
saturation, the resultant current spikes will shorten the pulse
width on a pulse-by -pulse basis, providing a first order correc-
tion. Note that the oscillator is set to run at 40 kHz to obtain a
20 kHz signal at the transformer.
This application as shown does not provide input-output
isolation and, of course, that feature is difficult to achieve
within a single IC. There are a couple of ways the SG1524 can
be used with isolated power supply systems, however. The first
is shown in Figure 22 where the SG1524 is direct coupled
separate reference and error amplifier (most easily implemented
with a SG723 regulator IC) is connected on the secondary and
then optically coupled back to the primary side.
As should be evident from the above, the SG1524 was designed
as the first of what will undoubtedly become a larger family of
regulator ICs specifically designed for switching power supplies.
As such, versatility was the primary design goal of this device
and hopefully this goal has been achieved to the degree that
will allow the SG1524 to find application to a wide range of
power control systems.
Input Line
o
ndt
TO
mi
3IIC
O
FIGURE 22 - INPUT/OUTPUT ISOLATION
on the secondary side of the output transformer. The outputs
from the IC are transformer-coupled back to the primary side
to drive the switching transistors. Of course, a separate start-up
power source is needed for the SG1524 but that shouldn't
present much of a problem remembering that the IC draws less
than 10 mA of supply current.
A different method of providing isolation is shown in Figure 23
where the IC is direct coupled on the primary side. Here a
FIGURE 23 - INPUT/OUTPUT ISOLATION
101
Application Notes — SG1524
DEADBAND CONTROL WITH THE SG1524 REGULATING
PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR CIRCUIT
The SG1524 Regulating P.W.M. integrated circuit provides two outputs which alternate in turning on for push-
pull inverter applications. The internal oscillator sends a momentary blanking pulse to both outputs at the end of
each period to provide a deadband so that there cannot be a condition when both outputs are on at the same
time. The amount of deadband is determined by the width of the blanking pulse appearing on pin 3 and can be
controlled by four techniques:
1. For 0.2 to 1.0 microseconds, the deadband is
controlled by the timing capacitor, Ct, on pin 7. The
relationship between C T and deadband is shown in
Figure 3 on the SG1524 data sheet. Of course, since
C T also helps determine the operating frequency, the
range of control is somewhat limited.
2. For 0.5 to 3.0 microseconds, the blanking pulse
may be extended by adding a small capacitor from
pin 3 to ground. The value of the capacitor must be
less than 1000 pf or triggering will become unreliable.
3. For longer and more well-controlled blanking
pulses, a simple one-shot latch similar to the circuit
shown below should be used:
10k
pulse, it will latch for a period determined by C b Rb
providing a well-defined deadband.
Another use for this circuit is as a buffer when several
other circuits are to be synchronized to one master
oscillator. This one-shot latch will provide an adequate
signal to insure that all the slave circuits are com-
pletely reset before allowing the next timing period
to begin.
Note that with this circuit, the blanking pulse holds
off the oscillator so its width must be subtracted
from the overall period when selecting R T and C T .
4. Another way of providing greater deadband is just
to limit the maximum pulse width. This can be done
by using a clamp to limit the output voltage from the
error amplifier. A simple way of achieving this clamp
is with the circuit below:
v ref (16
Comp.
IN916
Gnd(T)-
-►> 5k
TRANSISTORS — Small-signal general purpose types.
For 5 //sec width, C B = 200 pf, R B = 10k
When this circuit is triggered by the oscillator output
This circuit will limit the error amplifier's voltage
range since its current source output will only supply
200juA. Additionally, this circuit will not affect
the operating frequency.
102
Application Notes — SG1524
IMPROVING SWITCHING REGULATOR DYNAMIC RESPONSE
Bob Mammano
Director, Advanced Development
Silicon General, Inc.
Westminster, California
ABSTRACT
Recent introductions of LSI integrated circuits for P.W.M. control have offered considerable simpli-
fication to the job of optimizing the design of switching regulators. In addition to greatly reducing
the necessary circuitry, the linear transfer function of these devices eases the task of stabilizing the feed-
back loop and offers several possibilities for improved response. Experimental methods for evaluating
the response characteristics of the P.W.M. switching and output stages can be used to confirm simpli-
fying assumptions of linear operation. With this data, several approaches to equalization networks can
be compared for performance optimization.
The past few years have seen a major revolution take place in
the field of power supply design. Whether forced upon us by
the need for energy conservation or finally made practical thru
recent advances in semiconductor technology, switching regula-
tors are now the name of the game in voltage control. Novices
soon learn, however, that the implementation of a well-
designed switching supply involves a little more skill than that
required for a linear regulator.
Although the theory of switching regulation has long been
known, there is much practical technology - or art — in design-
ing efficient and reliable systems. This is still true even though
recently introduced semiconductor devices have made the job
at least a little easier. It is the purpose of this discussion to
cover a few of the practical aspects of implementing and stabi-
lizing switching regulators using these newer devices.
INTEGRATED P.W.M. CONTROL CIRCUITS
Recognizing a rapidly growing market, many component
suppliers have introduced new devices designed specifically for
switching regulator applications. These include faster power
transistors with improved S.O.A., low E.S.R. electrolytic capa-
citors, hybrid power devices which include a matched commuta-
ting diode, * 1 > and monolithic IC control devices such as the
SG1524< 2 > which contain all of the P.W.M. control circuitry in
a single 16-pin, dual-in-line package.
103
Figure 1. SG1524 Block Diagram
From the block diagraTn shown in Figure 1, it can be seen that
the SG1524 contains the elements necessary to implement
either single-ended switching regulators or DC to DC converters
of several different configurations. This device includes a volt-
age reference, error amplifier, constant frequency oscillator,
pulse width modulator, pulse steering logic, dual alternating
output switches, and current limiting and shutdown circuitry.
Since many of the different types of applications for this IC
have been discussed earlier^ it should suffice to review only
two of the more common usages as shown in Figures 2 and 3.
The single-ended regulator of Figure 2 is unique because of its
simplicity. This circuit combines an SG1524 with a Unitrode
PIC-625 to build a 5 volt, 5 amp regulator with all the semi-
conductor devices contained in only two packages. This circuit
has an efficiency of over 70% with an input voltage range of
20 to 30 volts, 0.1% line and load regulation, and some added
benefits of constant frequency operation and short circuit
protection.
Figure 2. SG1524 Single-Ended Switching Regulator
Figure 3 shows the same 5-volt, 5 amp output requirement met
this time with a DC to DC converter. The use of high speed
transistors and Shottky rectifiers keep the efficiency more than
80% — significant for a low-voltage output — while maintaining
all the other benefits included in the single-ended circuit.
Figure 3. SG1524 Regulating DC-DC Converter
It' should be recognized that the above circuits represent very
basic applications of an IC control chip. Most practical power
supply systems would probably incorporate many other fea-
tures which may be accomplished by interfacing these IC's with
a small amount of external circuitry to add characteristics such
as: soft-start, oscillator synchronization, dead-band controls,
additional current and/or voltage step-up stages, input-output
isolation, remote overvoltage or overload shutdown, and
response modifying circuitry. It is this latter subject we wish to
explore more fully below.
SWITCHING REGULATOR CONTROL
The basic switching regulator control loop which applies to the
most common forms of implementation is illustrated in Fig-
ure 4. In analyzing this control loop stability, the obvious
immediate problem is the transfer function of the P.W.M. and
output stage. A detailed and accurate analysis of the nonlinear
characteristics of this stage is an extremely difficult and com-
plex task if one is to account for all the parameters which could
possibly be a factor. (3 ' 4 ' 5) On the other hand, if this stage
could be assumed to have a linear transfer function, analysis
becomes a relatively simple application of basic feedback theory.
Figure 4. Basic Regulating Control Loop
A significance of the SG1524 is that it uses a design approach
which makes a linear assumption accurate enough for most
applications. The fact that this device features constant fre-
quency operation, a linear-slope ramp for P.W.M., and fast-
response logic and output circuitry all contribute to minimiz-
ing the errors associated with a linear assumption. Of course,
there are factors external to the IC which could destroy this
assumption. Such things as excessive delay in the switching
transistors, parasitic ringing or oscillation in the power stages,
or nonlinear operation of the magnetics could all cause a result-
ant nonlinear performance. A first exercise for the designer,
then, is to confirm linear operation of the P.W.M. and output
stages of his regulator by evaluating his early breadboard models.
OUTPUT STAG E ANALYSIS
The pulse width modulation is accomplished in the SG 1524 by
comparing the output of the error amplifier with a linear ramp,
or saw-tooth signal from the oscillator. Because the compara-
tor has both high gain and high input impedance, and the error
amplifier has a high output impedance, this node (pin-9)
becomes a very convenient place for inserting a test signal. A
voltage source applied as shown in Figure 5 will completely
override the error amplifier and essentially open the loop with-
out actually breaking any connections. In addition, the test
signal is easily managed because the voltage gain from this point
104
to the output is relatively low. (A voltage level on pin 9 of
from 1 to 4 volts will change the pulse width from zero to maxi-
mum which will yield zero to maximum output voltage.)
Figure 5. Measuring Output Stage Transfer Function
In experimentally attempting to confirm satisfactory operation
of the output stages, the designer hopes to prove that a linear
equivalent circuit model is valid for reasonable analysis. One
such model as proposed by Middlebrook^ is shown in Figure 6.
This model describes the overall AC and DC transfer function
and input and output impedances in terms of the duty cycle
and modulation constant. This model assumes that the effects
of operating frequency, switching delays, and parasitic elements
are well above the frequencies of interest as defined by the
output LC filter.
O = Duty Ratio ■= V /V, N = N c /km
Figure 6. Linear Equivalent Circuit
Values for the inductor and capacitor are normally calculated
on the basis of output ripple current and voltage as follows:
For constant frequency operation,
L _ Vq(Vin-Vo)
V IN f(Al L )
Vq(Vin -Vq)
8Lf2V IN (AV )
where:
and
C =
Vin = peak input voltage to the inductor
Vo - output voltage across the capacitor
f » switching frequency
Ml - peak-to-peak current variation in the inductor
AVq = peak-to-peak ripple voltage across the capacitor.
Note that the actual ripple voltage at the output of the filter
will be AVq, plus Al L times the capacitor E.S.R.
Regardless of the requirements for minimizing the output
ripple, an additional requirement on the filter is that its cutoff
frequency be well below the switching frequency if our original
goal of simple linear analysis is to be met. Specifically, the
switching operation introduces a second order lag at one-half
the switching frequency and for the output filter to dominate,
its cutoff sh6uld be at least an order of magnitude below that
number, or
1
f
2rr VTC " 20
To verify the performance of the resultant hardware, a Bode
plot of the output stage response can be most meaningful.
Ideally, a plot as shown in Figure 7 should show a flat response
to the filter cutoff and then a linear 12 dB/octave rolloff with a
10
» o
i
°-10
z
1
. VOLT
AGEG
AIN
p
HASE -
L
C
- lOOOjiF
§ 20
1
1
»
1
)K
FREQUENCY - HERTZ
Figure 7. Linear Output Stage Response
180° phase shift. By making these plots with varying input
voltage and load current, factors affecting stability such as leak-
age inductance, capacitor E.S.R. , and either saturation or dis-
continuous operation of the magnetics may be evaluated over
the operating conditions of interest. Figure 8 shows typical
plots with less than ideal component parameters. With the char-
acteristics of the output stage defined, attention can be turned
to the error amplifier to develop an equalizing network which
will allow satisfactory closing of the loop.
ERROR AMPLIFIER COMPENSATION
The error amplifier contained within the SG1524 is a transcon-
ductance amplifier in that it has a high-impedance, current
source output. The gain is a function of the output loading and
105
can be reduced from a nominal 80 dB by shunt resistance as
shown in Figure 9. Note also in Figure 9 that the uncompen-
1
V w - 32V.
1
L » 1A ^ -l
VlN
20V. 1
- 5/
L -
C -
1000
• 25V
2A
PHA.
E
NOf
-50
-100
-150
— "V
V
\
k
(
,/
FREQUENCY - HERTZ
Figure 8. Measured Output Stage Response
„■ '
70
R t - -
I
60
R L " IMii
h
&<L
7
R L »
jooKr
5
o
?-
R L =
100 Kf
s^
l'a
>
<%»,
^
FREQUENCY - HERTZ
Figure 9. Open-Loop Error Amplifier Response
sated amplifier has a single pole at 300 Hz and 90° of phase
shift. The unity gain cross-over frequency is 3 MHz and the
large scale slew rate is 0.5 volt per microsecond.
This type of amplifier can be compensated in two ways: The
compensation network can go from the output to ground or it
can be connected from output back to the inverting input. W In
the first case, the voltage gain is:
A v = gmZ c =
8' C Z C
2kT
* 0.002Z C
where Z c is the complex compensation network impedance. If
a feedback approach is used, the gain is:
z c
where Z s is the source impedance driving the input. In cases
where relatively low impedances are desired in a feedback net-
work, it may be necessary to buffer the high output impedance
of the error amplifier. Figure 10c shows the use of an external
emitter follower to provide a low driving impedance for the
feedback network.
I — ra —
'-<D-:,
Figure 10. Error Amplifier Compensation Networks
To stabilize the overall regulator feedback loop of Figure 4, it
should be apparent that the uncompensated loop contains at
least two poles in the output filter and one more in the error
amplifier, a situation which typically results in significant gain
remaining when the total loop phase equals 360°. One of the
simplest compensation schemes is to convert the error amplifier
to an integrator by adding a single dominate pole at a frequency
so low that the loop gain falls below unity well before the cut-
off frequency of the output filter. While this approach yields
a stable closed loop gain as shown in Figure 1 1, the response to
I
0.2 mFO
— Ir—
A
MFLITU
OE
2.S K» I
^
, >L
PHASI
L
C
• 200
• 1001
»F
-SO
-100
-150
N
\
\
V
«*•«
FREQUENCY - HERTZ
Figure 11. Closed Loop Frequency Response
.disturbances is very slow. For example, the waveforms of
Figure 12 show the response to a 20%, or one amp, step change
in load to the circuit of Figure 3 when compensated with a
0.2 mfd capacitor around the error amplifier.
106
If instead of slowing down the error amplifier, a zero, or lead
network is added to cancel one of the output filter poles, we
can keep the total loop phase less than 360° to well beyond the
output filter cutoff.
STIMULUS: ONE AMP STEP CHANGE IN l
UPPER TRACE: ERROR AMP OUTPUT. 500 mV/DIV
LOWER TRACE: REGULATOR OUTPUT, 200 mV/DIV
TIME BASE: 5 MILLISECONDS/DIV
Figure 12. Integrator Compensation Step Response
Figure 13 shows a circuit for accomplishing this by moving the
amplifier pole lower in frequency and adding a zero at the out-
put filter cutoff frequency. Figure 14 shows the effects of this
network on the Bode plot of the error amplifier, and Figure 15
indicates the improvement in recovery from the same one-amp
load change. Note how the output of the error amplifier over-
shoots to give a boost to the output.
Figure 13. Series RC Phase Compensation
N.
^^ INCREASING S^
■ x" \ -
— UNCOMPENSATED
— COMPENSATED
i \ *Nfo
_V
I >- ^
^^
mo"
x
X! :
; n
(9
3
\l v~
~n!
Ui
j\
. :N/:
i\
135 o
^ . I -v -.._ ._
a0 i
2*R C C
2irR Co 2irR c Cc
2rrR C C
Even faster response can be achieved by providing additional
lead networks. For example, another zero may be added by
bypassing the sense feedback resistor. As can be seen in Fig-
ure 16, this greatly improves loop response but offers the haz-
ard of coupling ripple noise directly into the error amplifier.
R c - 30 Kn, C c = .022 mfd
STIMULUS: ONE AMP STEP CHANGE IN l
UPPER TRACE: ERROR AMP OUTPUT, 500 mV/DIV
LOWER TRACE: REGULATOR OUTPUT, 100 mV/DIV
TIME BASE: 5 MILLISECONDS/DIV
Figure 15. Phase Compensated Step Response
Figure 14. Phase Compensated Bode Plot
STIMULUS. ONE AMP STEP CHANGE IN l
UPPER TRACE : "ERROR AMP OUTPUT, 500 mV/DIV
LOWER TRACE: REGULATOR OUTPUT, 50 mV/DIV
TIME BASE: 2 MILLISECONDS/DIV
Figure 16. Double Zero Compensated Step Response
TWO LOOP CONTROL
From the examples presented above, it should be apparent that
the integration method of error amplifier compensation pro-
vides good stability by making the dominate pole so low in fre-
quency that variations in all other circuit parameters become
inconsequential. This technique also provides high accuracy at
DC where high gain can be used and is the type of feedback one
would want 'to take directly from the output of a regulator
since a user might add additional external capacitance, thereby
107
changing the output filter characteristics. Another reason for
using single-poie compensation is to accommodate the use of a
two-stage output filter which can add phase shifts well beyond
180°.
The problem of poor response can then be accommodated by
adding a differentiated signal taken from somewhere else in the
loop. If the time constants and gain factors are properly
selected, the differentiated signal can compensate for the error
in the integrated signal taken from the regulated output.
While it may be possible to combine these two signals with
passive signal conditioning at the input to the error amplifier, a
more straightforward approach is with two separate op amps as
shown in Figure 1 7. Here the error amplifier in the SG 1524 has
Figure 17. Two-Loop Signal Conditioning
been connected as a unity gain summing amplifier and two op
amps from an SG124 quad IC are used as gain stages for signal
conditioning. Since these are single-supply op amps, they are
powered directly from the 5-volt reference voltage supplied by
the SG 1524.
Amplifier A1 provides the DC gain and gets its signal directly
from the output of the regulator. There are several possibilities,
however, for providing the differentiated correction signal
through A2. If rapid response to changes in input voltage is
required, A2's input may be taken through a resistive divider
directly to the input line.< 8 ) This is, of course, not a feedback
signal but the feed forward of an open loop, short-duration cor-
rection signal. The waveforms of Figure 18 show the improve-
ment which this feed-forward signal can offer.
If load transients are the problem, A2's input might be con-
nected to a point where output current could be sensed. This
would best be accomplished by using a current transformer in
series with the output capacitor although the voltage across the
capacitor E.S.R. might also serve as a sense point. In either case,
a low-pass filter with a cuttoff frequency of approximately 1/4
UPPER TRACE: INPUT VOLTAGE STEP CHANGE. 5V/DIV
MIDDLE TRACE: OUTPUT WITH DC FEEDBACK ONLY. 100 mV/DIV
LOWER TRACE: OUTPUT WITH AC FEED FORWARD ALSO. 100 mV/DIV
TIME BASE: 2MILLISECONDS/DIV
Figure 18. Feed Forward Compensation
the switching frequency is necessary to remove the ripple volt-
age before attempting a differentiation. A third possible signal
input is to put a secondary winding on the output filter induc-
tor. This gives an AC signal proportional to V )N - Vq and will
therefore respond to disturbances at either input or output.
SUMMARY
Although integrated circuit controllers for switching supplies
have removed much of the circuit complexity from this type of
regulator, the dynamic analysis of the control loop must still
be optimized for each application. This optimization is made
easier, however, if a linear approximation of the switching
stages can be shown to be valid. The SG1524 controller offers
benefits in this regard as it does provide a linear transfer func-
tion through its pulse width modulation scheme. Therefore,
experimental techniques can be used to simply confirm proper
operation of the power switches and output filter.
With a linear output stage, conventional feedback analysis can
be used to define the best equalizing network achieving a com-
promise between stability and fast response. In some cases it
may even be desirable to provide separate signal paths for
these two parameters but thus, too, can be adapted to the
SG1524 controller with a minimum of external circuitry.
Obviously, no recipes for optimum performance have been pro-
vided herein. Only a few directions which, it is hoped, will
point the way toward the development of specific solutions for
specific applications.
REFERENCES
(1) Unitrode Corporation, "Switching Regulator Design
Guide," Unitrode Publication No. U-68, 1974
108
(2) R. A. Mammano, "Simplifying Converter Design with A
New Integrated Circuit Regulating P.W.M.," Powercon 3
Proceedings, June, 1976
(3) F. C. Lee, Y. Yu, and J. E. Triner, "Modeling of Switching
Regulator Power Stages With and Without Zero Inductor
Current Dwell Time," IEEE P.E.S.C, Record, 1976
(4) A. Capel, J. G. Ferrante, and R. Prajuuk, "State Variable
Stability Analysis of Multi-Loop PWM Controlled Regula-
tor in Light and Heavy Mode," IEEE P.E.S.C., Record,
1975
(5) Y. Yu, J. Bless, and A. Schoenfeld, "The Application of
Standardized Control and Interface Circuits to Three DC
to DC Power Converters," IEEE P.E.S.C, Record, 1973
(6) R. D. Middlebrook and S. Cuk, "A General Unified Ap-
proach to Modeling Switch Converter Power Stages,"
IEEE P.E.S.C, Record, June 1976
(7) J. Graeme, G. Tobey, "Operational Amplifiers, Design and
Applications," McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 1971
(8) D. E. Nelson and N. 0. Sokal, "Improving Load and Line
Transient Response of Switching Regulators by Feed For-
ward Techniques," Powercon 2 Proceedings, 1975
109
Package Outlines
SILICON GENERAL PACKAGE RATINGS
Package
Type
Thermal Resis
tance (°C/W)
Power
Dissipation
(mW)
Derate
above
25<>C
(mW/oC)
d
JC
e.
JA
Typ.
Max.
Typ.
Max.
K (TO-3)
3.0
5.5
35
45
4300
30
P (TO-220)
3.0
5.0
60
65
2000
16
R (TO-66)
5.0
6.0
40
50
3000
24
T (TO-39)
15
25
120
185
1000
6.7
T (TO-99)
25
40
150
190
680
5.4
T (TO-96)
25
40
130
165
800
6.8
T(TO-100)
25
40
150
190
680
5.4
T(TO-101)
25
40
150
190
680
5.4
J (16-pin)
45
60
80
110
1000
6.7
J (14-pin)
45
60
80
110
1000
6.7
Y (8-pin)
50
60
125
150
800
8
N (16-pin)
50
60
130
150
600
6.0
N (14-pin)
50
60
130
150
600
6.0
M (8-pin)
50
60
160
190
400
4.0
F (10-pin)
40
60
170
190
500
3.3
PLASTIC PACKAGES
0.015 U -
~~T
n n n r~i n r
uuuuuuuu
J-
MAX
0.125
N-PACKAGE
14-PIN PLASTIC
-I L«r -Ik MB
ALL LEADS ARE GOLO PLATEO
N-PACKAGE
16-PIN PLASTIC
jj— h- QMS,.
- II 0015
I, 0300
0.450 MAX •
n n n n_
ID
1
0.240
0.280
1
TUJ LJ L_l L_l
P?
I— --4 I— TYP
M-PACKAGE
8-PIN MINIDIP
POWER PACKAGES
3_
0.876 MAX Dl A -
K- PACKAGE
TO-3
.050 MAX
J.
R-PACKAGE
TO-66, 2-PIN
R-PACKAGE
TO-66, 9-PIN
FLAT PACK
F-PACKAGE
10-PIN FLATPACK
110
Package Outlines
CERAMIC PACKAGES
*-1
JV
Y-PACKAGE
8-PIN CERDIP
Vm
-w-
aJu
~*'nr'*~ ""''•'Sw
J-PACKAGE
14-PIN CERDIP
-vj.
»-
-IS-
m^
1
LttHI
TW n "^ r ^0.0«
J-PACKAGE
16-PIN CERDIP
METAL CANS
m
ts
-m
B
*
f
T-PACKAGE
TO-39
T-PACKAGE
TO-99
.010 I
So" 1 -
t?d.
rn
i
LL
MR-
._/«[
T-PACKAGE
TO-101
hJM
r
T
.MO
.ato
4-
sk ninni
T-PACKAGE
TO-96
111
INDUSTRY PACKAGE CROSS-REFERENCE
Silicon
General
NSC
Skjnetics
Fairchild
Motorola
Tl
RCA
I _
AMD
Raytheon
J
8-Lead
M
N
N
V
A
B '
T
P
P
P
P
N
E
E
PC
PC
N
DN
DP
MP
XIUUU
14and16-Lead
M
i
Yto
TO-220
P
T
U
U
KC
■ V9V
(Package 26)
111 Low Temperature
|ll] ( 1 Glan Hermetic
F
W
F
F
W
FM
T lilHIilflir Flat Pack
r 1 ""^
TO-66
3 and 9- Lead
R
R
R
■-T— '
o
fl | 1 Glass/Metal
U InJ F,8t4,8Ck
F
F
Q
F
F
F.
S
K
F
J,
F,
Q
9
HI II U TO-5, TO-39, TO-96,
K,
S*
^-S55^ TO-99, TO-100 and TO-101
T
H
H
G
L
H
'
w
L,
DB
V1 «.
H
Jinnnrtnrr
Low Temperature
Ceramic DIP
8-Lead
14 and 16- Lead
UUUULIUtr
J
J
F
O
L
J
-
-
DD
tomtf
r J—l..
(Steel)
TO-3
(Aluminum)
K
K
K
K,
"-I— '
i
i>
KC
OA
K
K
K
LK,
TK
112
Distributors
ALABAMA
Powell Electronics
700 Arcadia Circle
Huntsville, Alabama 35801
(205) 539-2731
TWX: 810-726-2231
ARIZONA
Kachina Electronics
1425 North 27th Lane
Phoenix, Arizona 85009
(602) 269-6201
R. V. Weatherford
3355 W. Earll Drive
Phoenix, Arizona 85017
(602) 272-7144
TWX: 910-951-0636
CALIFORNIA (Northern)
Diplomat West
1118 Elko Drive
Sunnyvale, California 94086
(408) 734-1900
Intermark Electronics
1 020 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, California 94086
(408) 738-1 111
P. H. Components
2255 Martin Avenue, Suite E
Santa Clara, California 95050
(408) 244-8424
TWX: 910-338-0587
Western Microtechnology
977 Benicia Ave.
Sunnyvale, California 94086
(408) 737-1660
CALIFORNIA (Southern)
Intermark Electronics
1082 E.Carnegie
Santa Ana, California 92705
(714) 540-1322
Intermark Electronics
4040 Sorrento Valley Road
San Diego, California 92121
(714) 279-5200
Semicomp
3185 Airway Avenue "A"
Costa Mesa, California 92626
(714) 549-8600
TWX: 910-595-1572
Jaco Electronics
21201 Oxnard Street
Woodland Hills, California 91364
(213)884-4560
TWX: 910-494-4917
R. V. Weatherford
1 550 Babbitt Avenue
Anaheim, California 92805
(714) 547-0891
TWX: 910-593-1334
R. V. Weatherford
6921 San Fernando Road
Glendale, California 91201
(213) 849-3451
TWX: 910-498-2223
R. V. Weatherford
1095 East 3rd Street
Pomona, California 91766
(714) 623-1261
(213) 966-8461
TWX: 910-581-3811
R. V. Weatherford
7872 Raytheon Road
San Diego, California 921 1 1
(714) 278-7400
TWX: 910-335-1570
COLORADO
R. V. Weatherford
3905 S. Mariposa
Englewood, Colorado 80110
(303) 761-5432
TWX: 910-933-0173
CONNECTICUT
J. V. Electronics
690 Main Street
East Haven, Connecticut 061 52)
(203) 469-2321
FLORIDA
Diplomat/Southland
2120 Calumet Street
Clearwater, Florida 33515
(813)443-4514
Powell Electronics
1744 N.W. 69th Avenue
Miami Springs, Florida 33166
(305) 592-3260
TWX: 810-848-8040
ILLINOIS
R. M. Electronics
47 Chestnut Lane
Westmont, Illinois 60599
(312) 323-9670
Diplomat/Lakeland
2451 Brickvale Drive
Elk Grove Village, Illinois 60007
(312)595-1000
Newark Electronics
500 N. Pulski Road
Chicago, Illinois 60624
(312) 638-4411
TWX: 910-221-0268
INDIANA
Sheridan Sales
8790 Purdue Road
Indianapolis, Indiana 46268
(317)297-3146
IOWA
Deeco
2500 16th Avenue, S.W.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52406
(319) 365-7551
TWX: 910-525-1332
MARYLAND
Powell Electronics
1 0728 Hanna Street
Beltsville, Maryland 20705
(301) 937-4030
TWX: 710-828-9710
Technico Inc.
9130 Red Branch Road
Columbia, Maryland 21045
(301)461-2200
MASSACHUSETTS
Diplomat/IPC
559 East Street
Chicopee Falls, Mass. 01020
(413) 592-9441
Diplomat/New England, Inc.
Kuniholm Drive
Holliston, Massachusetts 01746
(617)429-4120
Gerber Electronics
852 Providence Highway
Dedham, Massachusetts 02626
(617) 329-2400
TWX: 710-394-0634
Green-Shaw Company
70 Bridge Street
Newton, Massachusetts 02195
(617) 969-8900
TLX: 92-2498
MICHIGAN
Diplomat/Northland
32708 W. 8 Mile Road
Farmington, Michigan 48024
(313) 477-3200
Sheridan Sales
P. O. Box 529
Farmington, Michigan 48024
(313)477-3800
MINNESOTA
Diplomat/Electro-Com
3816 Chandler Drive
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55421
(612) 788-8601
Industrial Components
5280 West 74th Street
Edina, Minnesota 55435
(612) 831-2666
TWX: 910-576-3153
MISSOURI
Diplomat, Inc.
2725 Mercantile Drive
St. Louis, Missouri 63144
(314) 645-8550
Olive Industrial Elect.
9910 Page Blvd.
St. Louis, Missouri 63132
(314) 426-4500
TWX: 910-763-0720
Sheridan Sales
P. O. Box 677
Florissant, Missouri 63033
(314) 837-5200
NEW JERSEY
Diplomat/IPC
490 S. Riverview Road
Totowa, New Jersey 0751 2
(201) 785-1830
NEW MEXICO
Contact Factory
NEW YORK
Diplomat Electronics
303 Crossways Park Drive
Woodbury, New York 11797
(516)921-9373
TLX: 14-4678
Summit Electronics
916 Main Street
Buffalo, New York 14202
(716) 884-3450
TWX: 710-522-1692
Summit Electronics
292 Commerce Drive
Rochester, New York 14623
(716) 334-8110
Zeus Components Inc.
500 Executive Blvd.
Elmsford, New York 10523
(914) 592-4120
TWX: 710-567-1248
OHIO
Sheridan Sales
23224 Commerce Park Road
Beach wood, Ohio 44122
(216)831-0130
Sheridan Sales
P. O. Box 37826
Cincinnati, Ohio 45222
(513) 761-5432
Sheridan Sales
2501 Neff Avenue
Dayton, Ohio 45414
(513) 223-3332
OREGON
Parrott Electronics, Inc.
7910 S.W. Cirrus Drive
Beaverton, Oregon 97005
(503)641-3355
TWX: 910-467-8720
PENNSYLVANIA
Powell Electronics
South Island Road
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101
(215)365-1900
TWX: 710-670-0465
Sheridan Sales
1717 Penn Avenue, Suite 5009
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15221
(412)244-1640
TEXAS
Harrison Equipment
l616McGowen
Houston, Texas 77004
(713) 652-4750
TWX: 910-881-2601
Quality Components
300 Huntland, Suite 236
Austin, Texas 78752
(512)458-4181
Quality Components
13628 Neutron Road
Dallas, Texas 75240
(214) 387-4949
Quality Components
6126Westline
Houston, Texas 77036
(713) 789-9320
R.V. Weatherford
10836 Grissom Lane
Dallas, Texas 75229
(214) 243-1571
TWX: 910-860-5544
R.V. Weatherford
3500W.T.C. Jester Blvd.
Houston, Texas 77018
(713) 688-7406
TWX: 910-881-6222
UTAH
Diplomat/Alta
3007 South West Temple
Salt Lake City, Utah 84115
(801)486-7227
WASHINGTON
R.V. Weatherford
541 Industry Drive
Seattle, Washington 98188
(206) 243-6340
TWX: 910-444-2270
WISCONSIN
Marsh Electronics
1536 So. 101st Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53214
(414) 475-6000
TWX: 910-262-3322
CANADA
Future Electronics Corp.
44 Fasken Drive, Unit 24
Rexdale, Ontario
(416)677-7820
Future Electronics Corp
5647 Ferrier Street
Montreal, Quebec
(514) 735-5775
TWX: 610-421-3251
Intek Electronics Ltd.
7204 Main Street
Vancouver, B.C. V5X3J4
(604) 324-6831
TWX: 610-922-5032
113
REPRESENTATIVES
ALABAMA
Contact Factory
ALASKA
Contact Factory
ARIZONA
Q. T. Wiles & Associates
3101 E. Shea Blvd., Ste. 219
Phoenix, AZ 85028
(602)971-6250
TWX 910-950-1199
ARKANSAS
West Associates
1 3608 Midway, Suite 1 03
Dallas, TX 75241
(214)661-9400
(910)860-5433
CALIFORNIA (Northern)
Brooks Technical Group
2465 E. Bayshore Road
Palo Alto, CA 94303
(415) 328-3232
TWX 910-373-1198
CALIFORNIA (Southern)
Q. T. Wiles & Associates
11340 W. Olympic Blvd., #355
Los Angeles, CA 9.0064
(213) 478-0183
TWX 910-342-6997
Q. T. Wiles & Associates
17632 Irvine Blvd., #D
Tustin, CA 92680
(714) 832-4952
COLORADO
D-Z Associates, I no.
70 W. 6th Ave., No. 10
Denver, CO 80204
(303) 534-3649
Tlx: 45-720
CONNECTICUT
Bell Controls
,111 Lock Street
Nashua, NH 03060
(603) 882-6984
TWX 710-228-6753
DELAWARE
Conroy Sales
26 W. Pennsylvania Ave.
Baltimore, MD 21204
(301)296-2444
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Conroy Sales
26 W. Pennsylvania Ave.
Baltimore, MD 21204
(301)296-2444
FLORIDA
H. H.P.
1651 W. McNab Road
Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33309
(305)971-5750
TWX 510-956-9402
H. H. P.
139 Candace Drive
Maitland, FL 32751
(305)831-2474
TWX 810-853-0256
GEORGIA
Contact Factory
HAWAII
Brooks Technical Group
2465 E. Bayshore Road
Palo Alto, CA 94303
(415) 328-3232
TWX 910-373-1198
IDAHO
N. R. Schultz Company
P.O. Box 156
Beaverton, OR 97005
(503) 643-1644
TWX 910-467-8707
ILLINOIS
The John G. Twist Co.
1301 Higgins Road
Elk Grove Village, I L 60007
(312) 593-0200
TWX 910-222-0433
INDIANA
SAI Marketing Corp.
2420 Burton Dr., S. E.
Grand Rapids, Ml 49506
(616)942-2504
TWX 810-242-1518
IOWA
S&O Sales
P.O. Box 667
Cedar Rapids, I A 52406
(319) 393-1845
TWX 910-525-1317
KANSAS
The John G. Twist Co.
3500 West 75th Street
Prairie Village, KS 66208
(913) 236-4646
TWX 910-743-6843
The John G. Twist Co.
260 No. Rock Rd., 240
Wichita, KS 67220
(316)686-6685
TWX 910-741-6874
KENTUCKY
SAI Marketing Corp.
35 Compark Road
Centerville, OH 45459
(513)435-3181
TWX 810-459-1647
LOUISIANA
West Associates
13608 Midway, Suite 103
Dallas, TX 75241
(214)661-9400
(910) 860-5433
MAINE
Bell Controls
1 1 1 Lock Street
Nashua, NH 03060
(603) 882-6984
TWX 710-228-6753
MARYLAND
Conroy Sales
26 W. Pennsylvania Ave.
Baltimore, MD 21204
(301)296-2444
MASSACHUSETTS
Bell Controls
1 1 1 Lock Street
Nashua, NH 03060
(603) 882-6984
TWX 710-228-6753 •
MICHIGAN
SAI Marketing Corp.
P. O. Box N
Brighton, Ml 48116
(313)227-1786
TWX 810-242-1518
SAI Marketing Corp.
2420 Burton Dr., S. E.
Grand Rapids, Ml 49506
(616)942-2504
TWX 810-242-1518
MINNESOTA
Comstrand
6279 University Ave.
Minneapolis, MN 55432
(612) 571-0000
TWX 910-576-0924
MISSISSIPPI
Contact Factory
MISSOURI
The John G. Twist Co.
677 Craig Road
St. Louis, MO 63141
(314) 432-2830
TWX 910-764-0823
NEBRASKA
The John G. Twist Co.
3100 No. 14th Street
Lincoln, NB 68521
(402)474-5151
NEVADA (Clark County only)
Q. T. Wiles 81 Associates
3101 E. Shea Blvd., Ste. 219
Phoenix, AZ 85028
(602) 971-6250
TWX 910-950-1199
NEVADA (Except Clark County)
Brooks Technical Group
2465 E. Bayshore Road
Palo Alto, CA 94303
(415) 328-3232
TWX 910-373-1198
NEW HAMPSHIRE
Bell Controls
111 Lock Street
Nashua, NH 03060
(603) 882-6984
TWX 710-228-6753
NEW JERSEY
R. T. Reid Associates, Inc.
705 Cedar Lane
Teaneck, NJ 07666
(201) 692-0200
TWX 710-990-5086
NEW YORK (Except NYC)
Ontec Electronic Marketing
474 Thurston Road
Rochester, NY 14619
(716) 464-8636
TWX 510-253-3841
NEW YORK CITY
R. T. Reid Associates, Inc.
705 Cedar Lane
Teaneck, NJ 07666
(201) 692-0200
TWX 710-990-5086
NORTH CAROLINA
Component Sales
P.O. Box 18821
Raleigh, NC 27609
(919) 782-8433
TWX 510-928-0513
NORTH DAKOTA
Comstrand
6279 University Ave.
Minneapolis, MN 55432
(612) 571-0000
TWX 910-576-0924
OHIO
SAI Marketing Corp.
3 Commerce Park Bldg., Ste. 140H
Beachwood,OH 44122
(216) 292-2982
TWX 810-427-9443
SAI Marketing Corp.
35 Compark Road
Centerville, OH 45459
(513)435-3181
TWX 810-459-1647
OKLAHOMA
West Associates
13608 Midway, Suite 103
Dallas, TX 75241
(214)661-9400
(910)860-5433
OREGON
N. R. Schultz Company
P.O. Box 156
Beaverton, OR 97005
(503) 643-1644
TWX 910-467-8707
PENNSYLVANIA (Eastern)
Conroy Sales
26 W. Pennsylvania Ave.
Baltimore, MD 21204
(301 ) 296-2444
PENNSYLVANIA (Western)
SAI Marketing Corp.
1050 Freeport Road
Pittsburgh, PA 15238
(412)782-5120
TWX 810-427-9443
NEW MEXICO
Contact Factory
114
REPRESENTATIVES
RHODE ISLAND
Bell Controls
1 1 1 Lock Street
Nashua, NH 03060
(603) 882-6984
TWX 710-228-6753
SOUTH CAROLINA
Component Sales
P.O.Box 18821
Raleigh, NC 27609
(919) 782-8433
TWX 510-928-0513
SOUTH DAKOTA
Comstrand
6279 University Ave.
Minneapolis, MN 55432
(612) 571-0000
TWX 910-576-0924
TENNESSEE
Component Sales
P.O. Box 18821
Raleigh, NC 27609
(919) 782-8433
TWX 510-928-0513
TEXAS
West Associates
13608 Midway, Suite 103
Dallas, TX 75241
(214) 661-9400
(910)860-5433
UTAH
D-Z Associates, Inc.
70 W. 6th Ave., No. 109
Denver, CO 80204
(303) 534-3649
Tlx: 45-720
VERMONT
Bell Controls
1 1 1 Lock Street
Nashua, NH 03060
(603) 882-6984
TWX 710-228-6753
VIRGINIA
Conroy Sales
26 W. Pennsylvania Ave.
Baltimore, MD 21204
(301 ) 296-2444
WASHINGTON
N. R.Schultz
P. O. Box 159
Bellevue.WA 98009
(206) 454-0300
TWX 910-443-2329
WEST VIRGINIA
SAI Marketing Corp.
3 Commerce Park Bldg., Ste. 140H,
Beachwood, OH 44122
(216)292-2982
TWX 810-427-9443
WISCONSIN (Northern)
Comstrand
6279 University Ave.
Minneapolis, MN 55432
(612) 571-0000
TWX 910-576-0924
WISCONSIN (Southern)
The John G. Twist Co.
909 No. Mayfair Road
Wauwatosa, Wl 53226
(414) 475-7755
TWX 910-262-1185
WYOMING
D-Z Associates, Inc.
70 W. 6th Ave., No. 109
Denver, CO 80204
(303) 534-3649
Tlx: 45-720
FOREIGN
AUSTRALIA
A. J. Ferguson
(Adelaide) Pty. Ltd.
44 Prospect Road
Prospect, S. Australia 5082
Tel: 51-6895
Tlx: 82635
AUSTRIA
Bacher GMBH
A1120Wien
Meidlinger Hauptstrasse 78
Tel: 93-0143
BELGIUM
Sotronic N. V.
Rue Pere De Deken 14
Pater De Deken Straat 14
1 040 Brussels
Tel: 02/7361007
Tlx: 846-21420
CANADA (Except B. C. )
RFQ Limited
385 The West Mall, 209
Etobicoke, Ontario M9C1 E7
Tel: (416)626-1445
TWX 610-492-2540
RFQ Limited
P.O. Box 213
Dollard Des Ormeaux
Quebec H9G2H8
(514) 626-8324
CANADA (B. C. only)
N. R.Schultz
P.O. Box 159
Bellevue.WA 98009
(206) 454-0300
TWX 910-443-2329
DENMARK
E. V. Johansson Elektronik
1 5 Titangade
DK-2200
Copenhagen N
Tel: (01)" 105622
Tlx: 885-16522
FINLAND
Hilvonen Technical Products
P. O. Box 201
00251 Helsinki 25
Tel: (90)440082
Tlx: 12-1886
FRANCE
Radio Equipements-Antares
Boite Postale No. 5
92301 Levallois-Perret
Paris, France
Tel: 758-11-11
Tlx: 842-620630
GERMANY
Neumuller GMBH
8021 Munchen/Taufkirchen
Eschenstr, 2
Tel: 089/6118-1
Tlx: 5-22106
INDIA
Zenith Electronics
541, Panchratna
Mama Parmanand Marg.
Bombay-400 004
Tel: 384214
Tlx: 011-3152
ISRAEL
Talviton Electronics Ltd.
P.O. B. 21104
9, Biltmor Street
Tel Aviv, Israel
Tel: 44-45-72
Tlx: VITKO 03-3400
ITALY
I.S.A.B.Spa.
20125 Milano
Via Achille Bizzoni 2
Italy
Tel: 68-86-306
Tlx: 36655
NORWAY
Henaco
Okern Torgvei 13
Boks 248
Okern, Oslo 5, Norway
Tel: 15-75-50
Tlx: 16716 HENACN
JAPAN
Hakuto Co. Ltd.
C.P.O. Box 25
Tokyo 100-91, Japan
Tel: 03-502-2211
Tlx: J22912A
SOUTH AFRICA
Electronic Bldg. Elements
South Africa (Pty) Ltd.
P.O. Box 4609
Pretoria, S.A.
Tel: 78-9221
Tlx: 960-440181
SWEDEN
Svensk Teleindustri AB
Box 502
S-1 6205 Vail ingby 5
Sweden
Tel: 08-91-04-40
Tlx: 11043
SWITZERLAND
Dimos AG
Badenerstrasse 701
CH8048 Zurich
Tel: 01-626-140
Tlx: 855/52028
UNITED KINGDOM
REL Equipment & Components
Croft House, Bancroft, Hitchin
Hertfordshire SG51BU
Tel: Hitchin 0462-50551
Tlx: 82431
115
POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT
SG1543 / SG2543 / SG3543
ADVANCE DATA
Performance data described herein represent design goals.
Final device specifications are subject to change.
DESCRIPTION
This monolithic integrated circuit contains all the
functions necessary to monitor and control the output of a,
sophisticated power supply system. Over-voltage (O.V.)
sensing with provision to trigger an external SCR
"crowbar" shutdown; and under-voltage (U.V.) circuit
which can be used to monitor either the output or to
sample the input line voltage; and a third op
amp/comparator usable for current sensing (C.L.) are all
included in this IC, together with an independent,
accurate reference generator.
Both over and under voltage sensing circuits can be
externally programmed for minimum time duration of
fault before triggering. All functions contain open
collector outputs which can be used independently or
wire-or'ed together, and although the SCR trigger is
directly connected only to the over voltage sensing
circuit, it may be optionally activated by any of the other
outputs, or the outputs from additional external
comparators like the SG1 39/239/339 for multiple-output
monitoring. The O.V. circuit also includes an optional
latch and external reset capability.
The current sense circuit may be used with external
compensation as a linear amplifier or as a high-gain
comparator. Although nominally set for zero input offset,
a fixed threshold may be added with an external resistor.
Instead of current limiting, this circuit may also be used as
an additional voltage monitor.
The reference generator circuit is internally trimmed to
eliminate the need for external potentiometers and the
entire circuit may be powered directly from either the
output being monitored or from a separate bias voltage.
The SG1543 is specified for operation over the full
military temperature range of -55°C to +125°C, while the
SG2543 and SG3543 are designed for commercial
applications of 0°C to +70° C.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
SENSE ©"
OFFSET/COMP
FEATURES
• Over-voltage, under-voltage, and current
sensing circuits all included
• Reference voltage trimmed to 1% accuracy
• SCR "Crowbar" drive of 200 mA
• Programmable time delays
• Open-collector outputs and remote
activation capability
• Total standby current less than 10 mA
CHIP LAYOUT
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
TO-1 16 CERDIP PACKAGE
U.V, INDICATE
[
] U.V. DELAY
C.L. N.I. INPUT
c
] U.V. INPUT
C.L. INV INPUT
c
11 6
"j O.V. INPUT
OFFSET/COMP
:
] O.V. DELAY
C.L. OUTPUT
c
13 4
] O.V. INDICATE
GROUND
c
^ BESET
v REF
c
15 . 2
] REMOTE ACTIVATE
v,„
L
„ n ,
~J SCR. TRIGGER
116
ADVANCE DATA
POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT
SG1543 / SG2543 / SG3543
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Input Supply Voltage
40V
Sense Inputs
V||\j-1.5V
SCR Trigger Current
300 mA
Indicator Output Voltage
40V
Indicator Output Sink Current
50 mA
Power Dissipation (Package
Derate Above 25°C
Limitation) 1000mW
8.0 mW/oc
Operating Temperature Range
SG1543
SG2543/3543
Storage Temperature Range
-550Cto+125QC
0OC to +70OC
-65OCto+150OC
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Unless otherwise stated, th is specifications apply f or T j = -55° C to + 1 25° C for the SG 1 543 and 0° to +70° C
for the SG2543 and SG3543; and for V|N = 5 Volts to 15 Volts.)
PARAMETER
CONDITIONS
SG 1543/2543
SG3543
UNITS
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
Input Voltage
Ta =25°C
4.5
-
40
4.5
-
40
Volts
Supply Current
V||\| = 40V, Outputs Open
-
10
-
10
mA
REFERENCE SECTION (pin 15)
Output Voltage
V|N = 10V,Tj = 25OC
2.48
2.50
2.52
2.48
2.50
2.52
Volts
Output Voltage
2.45
-
2.55
2.45
-
2.55
Volts
Line Regulation
V|N = 5to30V
-
10
-
10
mV
Load Regulation
IrEF = 0to 10mA
-
10
-
10
mV
Short Circuit Current
V RE F =
12
25
12
25
mA
SCR TRIGGER SECTION (Pins 1, 2, 3)
Peak Output Current
v = o
100
200
300
100
200
300
mA
Peak Output Voltage
lO = 100 mA
(V |N -2V)
-
-
(V lN -2V)
-
-
Volts
Output Off Voltage
V|N = 40V
-
0.1
-
0.1
Volts
Propagation Delay
V|N = 10V,VoD=100mV
IO= 100mA,Tj = 25°C
MS
Output Current Rise Time
mA/ M s
Remote Activate Current
V|N = 15V,Pin2 = 0V
0.5
0.5
mA
Remote Activate Voltage
Pin 2 Open
0.5
6
0.5
6
Volts
Reset Current
V|N = 15V, Pin 3 = 0V
0.5
0.5
mA
Reset Voltage
Pin 3 Open, Pin 2 = 0V
0.5
6
0.5
6
mA
COMPARATOR SECTION (Pins 6 # 7, 10, 11)
Input Voltage Range
-
(V |N -15)
-
(V |N -1-5)
Volts
Input Offset Voltage
RS =
-
5
-
-
5
-
mV
C.L. Offset Adj.
lOkftfrom Pin 12-14
50
50
mV
Input Bias Current
-
100
-
100
nA
Delay Charging Current
200
200
juA
Ind. Output Leakage
Current
Vo = 30V
_
100
100
nA
Ind. Output Saturation
Voltage
lO = -10mA
_
0.2
0.4
_
0.2
0.4
Volts
Current Limit A\/OL
RO = 2ktoV||\|
_
10
_
_
10
_
V/mV
Propagation Delay
' (OV/UV)
V|N@10V,Tj = 25°C
V verdrive= 100 mV
RO = 2ktoV|N,Tj = 250C
_
_
_
_
MS
Propagation Delay (C.L.)
-
-
-
-
juS
117
APPLICATIONS
TYPICAL APPLICATION
FROM POWER SUPPLY
SENSING MULTIPLE SUPPLY VOLTAGES
— »- TO SG139 COMPARATORS
ADDITIONAL
POSITIVE ^_
SUPPLY
NEGATIVE
SUPPLY -
VOLTAGE
SG 139 QUAD COMP.
MASTER POWER SUPPLY
"" CONDITION INDICATOR
INPUT LINE MONITOR
u - :
OVERCURRENT SHUTDOWN
MAIN SUPPLY BUSS -^—
BIAS VOLTAGE -
-®-
\1 [X
i ©-(io>-®- - <\
@--<p--<3>-
/7777 |
118
PRECISION 2.5 VOLT REFERENCE
SG1503 / SG2503 / SG3503
DESCRIPTION
This monolithic integrated circuit is a fully self-contained
precision voltage reference generator, interally trimmed
for ±1% accuracy. Requiring less than 2 mA in quiescent
current, this device can deliver in excess of 10 mA with
total load and line induced tolerances of less than 0.5%. In
addition to voltage accuracy, internal trimming achieves a
temperature coefficient of output voltage of typically
10 ppm/°C. As a result, these references are excellent
choices for application to critical instrumentation and D
to A converter systems. The SG1503 is specified for
operation over the full military temperature range of
-55° C to +125°C, while the SG2503 and SG3503 are
designed for commercial applications of 0°C to +70° C.
FEATURES
• Output voltage trimmed to ±1%
• Input voltage range of 4.5 to 40V
• Temperature coefficient of 10 ppm/°C
• Quiescent current typically 1.5 mA
• Output current in excess of 10 mA
• Interchangeable with MC1503 and AD580
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Input Voltage
Power Dissipation
Derate Over 25°C
4.5 - 40V
600 mW
4.8 mW/oc
Operating Temperature Range
SG1503
SG2503/3503
Storage Temperature Range
-55oCto+125QC
0°C to +70OC
-65QCto +150OC
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS
CHIP LAYOUT
H : 050 H
M
or Y PACKAGE
T-PACKAGE
MINIDIP
7} N.C.
TOP VIEWS
TO-39
N.C. [?
Gnd
N.C. (?
3] Gnd
©
N.C. (7
H V IN
Voy
N.C. Q[
n
3 VoUT
V|N
119
PRECISION 2.5 VOLT REFERENCE
SG1503 / SG2503 / SG3503
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Input Voltage = 15V, l|_ = mA, Ta = Operating Temperature Range unless otherwise stated.)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
SG1503/2503
SG3503
MIN
TYP
MAX
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
Output Voltage
T A = 250C
2.485
2.50
2.515
2.475
2.50
2.525
Volts
Input Voltage Range
T A = 250C
4.5
-
40
4.5
-
40
Volts
Input Voltage Range
Over Operating Temperature
4.7
-
40
4.7
-
40
Volts
Line Regulation
V|N = 5to 15V
-
1
3
-
1
3
mV
Line Regulation
V|N = 15to40V
-
3
5
-
3
10
mV
Load Regulation
nlL= 10 mA
-
3
5
-
3
10
mV
Load Regulation
A«L= 10mA,V|N = 30V
-
4
8
-
4
15
mV
Temperature Regulation
-550to+1250C
-
15
20
-
-
-
mV
Temperature Regulation
CPC to +7CPC
-
2.5
5
-
5
10
mV
Quiescent Current
V| N = 40V
-
1.5
2.0
-
1.5
2.0
mA
Short Circuit Current
15
20
30
15
20
30
mA
Ripple Rejection
f = 120Hz,T A = 25OC
-
76
-
-
76
-
dB
Output Noise
B.W.= 10 kHz, Ta = 25QC
-
100
-
-
100
-
MV r ms
Stability
-
250
-
-
250
-
MV/kHr
OUTPUT VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE
RIPPLE REJECTION
2.520
V| N * 15V
io = o
2,480
V|N = 15V
AV|N = 10V
T A =
250C
fiiucon General.
Frequency - Hertz
Data subject to change without notice.
120
■
fer
fcJUM
MAIL TO ►
This catalog belongs to:
IHHI
bSHH
- v -. ■• • -
KSh£0^1tK
GiLicon GeneraL
THE IC REGULATOR LEADER
11651 Monarch Street • Garden Grove, CA 92641 • (714) 892-5531 • TWX: 910-596-1804 • Telex: 69-2411